JP5684201B2 - Amusement stand - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a game machine represented by a spinning machine (slot machine) and a ball game machine (pachinko machine).

  The conventional game stand is designed to improve the interest of the game by executing various effects according to the control state (Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2).

JP 2008-200302 A JP 2009-254495 A

  However, the conventional game stand has a problem in that, if a continuous production in a mode in which there is no substitute is continued for a long period of time, not only will the value of this continuous production be reduced, but also the player's willingness to play will be lost. Have.

  An object of the present invention is to provide a game table that can maintain a player's willingness to play and can improve the interest of the game.

The above purpose is
Control means capable of executing at least control of symbol variation display in the symbol display means;
A prefetch notice means capable of executing at least a prefetch notice;
A game machine equipped with
The first symbol display means of the symbol display means is a means capable of executing at least the symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is established,
Of the symbol display means, the second symbol display means is a means capable of executing at least the symbol variation display when the second symbol variation condition is satisfied,
The control means is configured to display the symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is met when the first symbol variation condition is met and the first holding condition is satisfied. It is a means that can at least execute the control to hold the start,
When the second symbol variation condition is satisfied and the second holding condition is satisfied, the control means is configured to display the symbol variation display when the second symbol variation condition is satisfied. It is a means that can at least execute the control to hold the start,
The control means is a means capable of executing at least control for starting the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means when the first suspended digestion condition is established,
The control means is a means capable of executing at least control for starting the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means when the second reserved digest condition is established,
The second pending digestion conditions, at least including the condition that the start of the symbol variable display is on hold for the second symbol display means,
In the first reserved digestion condition, the start of the symbol variation display is not suspended for the second symbol display means, and the start of the symbol variation display is suspended for the first symbol display means. Is a condition that includes at least
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing at least a plurality of types of prefetch notices,
One of the plurality of types of prefetching notices is a first prefetching notice,
One of the plurality of types of prefetching notices is a second prefetching notice,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing at least a first continuous notice as the first prefetch notice,
Said prefetch notifying means is at least sustainable means said first continuous announcement in the first interrupt symbol variable display,
The first interrupt symbol variation display means that the first symbol variation condition and the second reserved digest condition are both satisfied when the first continuous notice is established . It is a symbol variation display that starts during the execution of one continuous notice,
A hold indication means that can at least indicate whether there is a pending digest,
The first continuous notice is a notice made at least by display means different from the hold display means,
The prefetch notice means is a means for ending at least the first continuous notice when a notice termination condition is established,
The warning termination condition, if any of the conditions of a plurality of conditions are met, an established conditions,
At least one of the plurality of conditions is a first condition,
At least one of the plurality of conditions is a second condition,
Said first condition, Ri conditions der to established when the first number of interrupt symbol variable display becomes the first number,
The first number of times is a predetermined number of times,
The first number of times is a number of times of two or more,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing at least a second continuous notice as the second prefetch notice,
The prefetch notice means is means for at least continuing the second continuous notice in the second interrupt symbol variation display,
The second interrupt symbol variation display means that the second symbol variation condition and the second reserved digest condition are both satisfied when the second continuous notice is established. It is a symbol variation display that starts during the execution of the second continuous notice,
The prefetch notice means is means for continuing the second continuous notice even when the number of times of the second interrupt symbol variation display is the first number of times,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that may be satisfied in response to a game ball entering the electric tulip,
The control means is means capable of executing at least opening control of the electric tulip,
The control means is means capable of executing at least an illegal winning notification,
The unauthorized winning notification is a notification executed when a game ball enters the electric tulip at a time when the opening control of the electric tulip is not performed.
This is achieved by a game stand characterized by that.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to maintain the player's willingness to play, and to improve the interest of the game.

It is the external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention from the front side (player side). It is the external view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention from the back side. 1 is a schematic front view of a game board 200 of a pachinko machine 100 according to a first embodiment of the present invention as viewed from the front. It is a circuit block diagram of a control part of pachinko machine 100 by a 1st embodiment of the present invention. It is an example of the display pattern in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows an example of the stop display design of a special figure, (b) shows an example of a decoration design, ( (c) is a figure which shows an example of the usual stop display symbol. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the main control part main process of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the main control part timer interruption process of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the special figure prefetch process in the main-control part 300 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the prefetch result memory | storage part for special figures 1 and the special figure 2 with which the main control part 300 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention was equipped. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 1st sub control part of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows the flow of a 1st sub control part main process, (b) is. The flow of the 1st sub control part command reception interruption processing is shown, (c) shows the flow of the 1st sub control part timer interruption processing, and (d) shows the flow of the 1st sub control part image processing. . It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 2nd sub control part of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows the flow of the 2nd sub control part main process, (b) is. The flow of the second sub control unit command reception interrupt process is shown, and (c) shows the flow of the second sub control unit timer interrupt process. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the notice effect forced termination | finish process in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the announcement effect in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the announcement effect in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the announcement effect in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the announcement effect in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the announcement effect in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the announcement effect in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the notice end forced termination in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the notice end forced termination in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the notice end forced termination in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the notice end forced termination in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the timing chart which concerns on the notice end forced termination in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the hold display image in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (1) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.14 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (2) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.14 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (The 3) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.14 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (4) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.14 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (The 1) which shows the other example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.14 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is the figure (the 2) which shows the other example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.14 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (1) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. 19 in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (2) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. 19 in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (1) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.22 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (2) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.22 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (3) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown to Fig.22 (a) in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (1) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. 23 in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is FIG. (2) which shows an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. 23 in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the example of a change of the background image accompanying the mode change in the normal game state in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the abnormality alerting | reporting operation | movement process in the pachinko machine 100 by the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is an example of the alerting | reporting mode determination table of abnormality alerting | reporting operation | movement memorize | stored in ROM406 of the 1st sub control part 400 with which the pachinko machine 100 by the 2nd Embodiment of this invention was equipped. It is the pachinko machine 100 by the 2nd Embodiment of this invention, Comprising: It is a figure which shows an example of the timing chart which concerns on an electric chew release process. It is the schematic front view which looked at the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 by the Example of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention from the front. The pachinko machine 100 according to the example of the second embodiment of the present invention, which is a schematic front view of the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 in a state in which an illegal ball is not detected during a specific game state as viewed from the front. FIG. FIG. 5 is a schematic front view of a pachinko machine 100 according to an example of the second embodiment of the present invention, in which a gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 in a state in which an illegal entry ball is detected during a specific gaming state is viewed from the front. is there. The pachinko machine 100 according to the example of the second embodiment of the present invention, wherein the game board of the pachinko machine 100 is illegally modified so that a game ball can be illegally entered into the special opening 232. It is the schematic front view which looked at 200 from the front. It is the pachinko machine 100 by the Example of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention, Comprising: It is a figure explaining the example in which a game ball can illegally enter into the special figure 2 starting port 232, even if unauthorized modification is not made. . FIG. 2 is a schematic front view of a game board 200 of a pachinko machine 100 according to an example of the second embodiment of the present invention as viewed from the front, and a first number of game balls that are less than a predetermined number during a normal game state; It is a figure explaining the abnormality alerting | reporting operation | movement aspect at the time of illegally entering. FIG. 3 is a schematic front view of a game board 200 of a pachinko machine 100 according to an example of the second embodiment of the present invention as viewed from the front, and a second number of game balls that is equal to or greater than a predetermined number during a normal game state; It is a figure explaining the abnormality alerting | reporting operation | movement aspect at the time of illegally entering. FIG. 3 is a schematic front view of a gaming board 200 of a pachinko machine 100 according to an example of the second embodiment of the present invention as viewed from the front, and a first number of games during a specific gaming state at a special time (ST); It is a figure explaining the abnormality alerting | reporting operation | movement aspect when a ball | bowl enters illegally. It is the schematic front view which looked at the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 by the Example of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention from the front, Comprising: An electric power interruption power recovery arises in the specific game state in special time (ST). FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining an abnormality notification operation mode when a first number of game balls are illegally entered thereafter. It is the schematic front view which looked at the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 by the Example of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention from the front, Comprising: When predetermined | prescribed errors other than an illegal pitch occur during a normal game state It is a figure explaining the abnormality alerting | reporting operation | movement aspect of. It is the schematic front view which looked at the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 by the Example of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention from the front, Comprising: During specific game state in special time (ST), it is predetermined other than illegal pitching It is a figure explaining the abnormality alerting | reporting operation | movement aspect when this error arises. FIG. 10 is a schematic front view of a slot machine as a game machine according to a modification of the first and second embodiments of the present invention as seen from the front. It is a figure which shows the game stand by the modification of the 1st and 2nd embodiment of this invention, (a) shows the casino machine 2000, (b) is a memory | storage part which memorize | stores the electronic data which implement | achieves this invention (C) shows a portable game machine 4000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention, and (d) stores electronic data for realizing the present invention. The home video game machine 5000 provided with the memory | storage part which shows is shown, (e) has shown the data server 6000 which memorize | stored the electronic data which implement | achieves this invention.

[First Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a gaming machine (for example, a ball game machine such as a pachinko machine 100 or a spinning machine such as a slot machine) according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the figure is the external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 from the front side (player side). As an external structure, the pachinko machine 100 includes an outer frame 102, a main body 104, a front frame door 106, a door 108 with a ball storage tray, a launching device 110, and a game board 200 on the front surface.

  The outer frame 102 is a wooden frame member having a vertical rectangular shape for fixing to an installation location (island facilities or the like) provided in a gaming machine installation sales shop. The main body 104 is referred to as an inner frame, and is a member that is provided inside the outer frame 102 and serves as a longitudinal rectangular gaming machine base body that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 102 via a hinge portion 112. The main body 104 is formed in a frame shape and has a space 114 inside. In addition, when the main body 104 is opened, an inner frame opening sensor (not shown) that detects the opening of the main body 104 is provided.

  The front frame door 106 is attached to the front surface of the main body 104 on the front side of the pachinko machine 100 so as to be openable and closable with a lock function, and is configured in a frame shape so that the inner side of the front frame door 106 can be opened and closed. Is a door member having an opening 116. The front frame door 106 is provided with a transparent plate member 118 made of glass or resin at the opening 116, and a speaker 120 and a frame lamp 122 are attached to the front side. A game area 124 is defined by the rear surface of the front frame door 106 and the front surface of the game board 200. Further, a front frame door opening sensor (not shown) that detects opening of the front frame door 106 when the front frame door 106 is opened is provided.

  The door 108 with a ball storage tray is a door member attached to the lower side of the main body 104 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 100 so as to have a lock function and be openable and closable. The ball storage tray-equipped door 108 is capable of storing a plurality of game balls (hereinafter simply referred to as “balls”), and an upper plate 126 provided with a passage for guiding the game balls to the launching device 110. A lower plate 128 that stores game balls that cannot be stored in the upper plate 126, a ball removal button 130 that discharges the game balls stored in the upper plate 126 to the lower plate 128 by the player's operation, A ball discharge lever 132 that discharges game balls stored in the lower plate 128 to a game ball collection container (common name, dollar box) by operation, and a game ball guided to the launching device 110 by operation of the player 200 ball launching handles 134 for launching into the game area 124, chance buttons 136 for changing the effects of the various effects devices 206 by the player's operation, and the chance button 136 to emit light. Sub button lamp 138, ball lending operation button 140 for instructing ball lending to a card unit (CR unit) installed in the game store, and return operation button for instructing the card unit to return the player's balance 142, and a ball rental display unit 144 for displaying the balance of the player and the state of the card unit. In addition, a lower plate full tank sensor (not shown) that detects that the lower plate 128 is full is provided.

  The launching device 110 is attached to the lower side of the main body 104, and a launching rod 146 that rotates when the ball launching handle 134 is operated by the player, and a launching rod 148 that strikes the game ball at the tip of the launching rod 146. .

  The game board 200 has a game area 124 on the front surface, and is detachably attached to the main body 104 using a predetermined fixing member so as to face the space 114 of the main body 104. The game area 124 can be observed from the opening 116 after the game board 200 is mounted on the main body 104.

  FIG. 2 is an external view of the pachinko machine 100 of FIG. 1 viewed from the back side. The upper part of the back surface of the pachinko machine 100 has an opening that opens upward, a ball tank 150 for temporarily storing game balls, and a lower part of the ball tank 150 that is formed at the bottom of the ball tank 150. A tank rail 154 for guiding a ball that has passed through the communicating hole and dropped to the dispensing device 152 located on the right side of the back surface is provided.

  The payout device 152 is formed of a cylindrical member, and includes a payout motor, a sprocket, and a payout sensor (not shown) inside. The sprocket is configured to be rotatable by a payout motor. The sprocket that temporarily passes through the tank rail 154 and flows down into the payout device 152 is temporarily retained, and the payout motor is driven to rotate by a predetermined angle. Thus, the temporarily accumulated game balls are sent one by one downward to the payout device 152.

  The payout sensor is a sensor for detecting the passage of the game ball sent out by the sprocket. When the game ball is passing, either a high signal or a low signal is passed. Either the high signal or the low signal is output to the dispensing control unit 600. The game ball that has passed through the payout sensor passes through a ball rail (not shown) and reaches the upper plate 126 disposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 100. The pachinko machine 100 has this configuration. To pay out the ball to the player.

  On the left side of the payout device 152 in the figure, a main board case 158 that houses the main board 156 that constitutes the main control section 300 that performs control processing for the entire game, and control related to effects based on the processing information generated by the main control section 300 The first sub-board case 162 that houses the first sub-board 160 that constitutes the first sub-control unit 400 that performs processing, and the second sub-board that performs control processing related to effects based on the processing information generated by the first sub-control unit 400. An error release switch that constitutes a second sub-board case 166 that houses the second sub-board 164 that constitutes the control unit 500, a payout control unit 600 that performs control processing related to the payout of game balls, and that releases an error by the operation of a game clerk Discharge board case 172 storing the payout board 170 having 168, launch base constituting the launch control unit 630 that performs control processing relating to the launch of the game ball A launch board case 176 that houses 174, a power control unit 660 that supplies power to various electrical gaming machines, and a power switch 178 that turns the power on and off by the operation of a game store clerk and an RWM clear by being operated when the power is turned on A power board case 184 that houses a power board 182 that includes an RWM clear switch 180 that outputs a signal to the main controller 300, and a CR interface 186 that transmits and receives signals between the payout controller 600 and the card unit are provided. ing.

  FIG. 3 is a schematic front view of the game board 200 as viewed from the front. In the game board 200, an outer rail 202 and an inner rail 204 are arranged, and a game area 124 in which a game ball can roll is defined. An effect device 206 is disposed in the approximate center of the game area 124. The effect device 206 is provided with a decorative symbol display device 208 at substantially the center, and around the normal symbol display device 210, the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, and the normal symbol. A holding lamp 216, a first special symbol holding lamp 218, a second special symbol holding lamp 220, and a high-probability medium lamp 222 are provided. The effect device 206 performs the effect by operating the effect movable body 224, and details thereof will be described later. In addition, hereinafter, the normal symbol may be referred to as “general symbol”, the special symbol as “special symbol”, the first special symbol as “special symbol 1”, and the second special symbol as “special symbol 2”.

  The decorative symbol display device 208 is a display device for performing various displays used for decorative symbols and effects. In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 208 is configured by a liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display). The decorative symbol display device 208 is divided into four display regions, a left symbol display region 208a, a middle symbol display region 208b, a right symbol display region 208c, and an effect display region 208d. The right symbol display area 208c displays different decorative symbols, and the effect display area 208d displays an image used for the effect. Furthermore, the position and size of each display area 208a, 208b, 208c, 208d can be freely changed within the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, although the liquid crystal display device is employ | adopted as the decoration symbol display apparatus 208, it is not a liquid crystal display device, What is necessary is just the structure which can display various effects and various game information, for example, a dot matrix display device Other display devices including a 7-segment display device, an organic EL (ElectroLuminescence) display device, a reel (drum) display device, a leaf display device, a plasma display, and a projector may be adopted.

  The general map display device 210 is a display device for displaying a general map, and is configured by a 7-segment LED in this embodiment. The special figure 1 display device 212 and the special figure 2 display device 214 are display devices for displaying the special figure, and are configured by 7-segment LEDs in this embodiment.

  The multi-purpose hold lamp 216 is a lamp for indicating the number of general-purpose variable games (details will be described later) that are on hold. In this embodiment, the general-purpose variable games are reserved up to a predetermined number (for example, two). It is possible to do. The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 and the special figure 2 hold lamp 220 are lamps for indicating the number of special figure variable games that are held (details will be described later). In the present embodiment, a predetermined number of special figure variable games are displayed. It is possible to hold up to (for example, four). The high-probability medium lamp 222 is a lamp for indicating that the gaming state is a high probability state in which a big hit is likely to occur or a high probability state, and the gaming state is changed from a low probability state in which a big hit is unlikely to occur. Turns on when switching to the probability state, and turns off when switching from the high probability state to the low probability state.

  In addition, there are predetermined ball entrances such as a general prize opening 226, a general figure start opening 228, a special figure 1 start opening 230, a special figure 2 start opening 232, and a variable prize opening around the rendering device 206. 234 is provided.

  In the present embodiment, a plurality of general winning holes 226 are arranged on the game board 200, and when a predetermined ball detection sensor (not shown) detects a ball entering the general winning holes 226 (wins in the general winning holes 226). In this case, the payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, 10) of balls are discharged to the upper plate 126 as prize balls. The player can freely take out the balls discharged to the upper plate 126. With these configurations, the player can pay out the winning balls to the player based on winning. The ball that has entered the general winning opening 226 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the game island side. In the present embodiment, the game balls may be called out to the player as a consideration for winning a prize (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “prize balls”) and lent to the player (hereinafter referred to as “lending balls”). Is included).

  The normal start port 228 is configured by a device called a gate or a through chucker for determining whether or not a ball has passed a predetermined area of the game area 124. In this embodiment, the left side of the game board 200 is used. One is arranged. Unlike the ball that has entered the general winning opening 226, the ball that has passed through the usual starting port 228 is not discharged to the amusement island side. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects that a ball has passed through the general map starting port 228, the pachinko machine 100 starts a general map variable game by the general map display device 210.

  In the present embodiment, only one special figure 1 starting port 230 is provided at the center of the game board 200. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the special opening 1 starting port 230, a later-described payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, three) of balls is discharged to the upper plate 126 as a prize ball. At the same time, the special figure variable game by the special figure 1 display device 212 is started. Note that the ball that has entered the special figure 1 starting port 230 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  The special figure 2 starting port 232 is called an electric tulip (electrical chew). In the present embodiment, only one special opening 2 232 is disposed directly below the special figure 1 starting port 230. The special figure 2 starting port 232 includes a wing member 232a that can be opened and closed to the left and right. While the wing member 232a is closed, it is impossible to enter a sphere. When the winning symbol is stopped and displayed, the blade member 232a opens and closes at a predetermined time interval and a predetermined number of times. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the special opening 2 232, the payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, four) of balls is discharged to the upper plate 126 as prize balls. Then, the special figure variable game by the special figure 2 display device 214 is started. The ball that has entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  The variable winning opening 234 is called a big winning opening or an attacker, and in the present embodiment, only one variable winning opening 234 is arranged below the center of the game board 200. The variable winning opening 234 includes a door member 234a that can be freely opened and closed. When the door member 234a is closed, it is impossible to enter a ball, and the special figure display devices 212 and 214 win the special figure variable game. Is stopped and displayed, the door member 234a opens and closes at predetermined time intervals (for example, an opening time of 29 seconds and a closing time of 1.5 seconds) and at a predetermined number of times (for example, 15 times). When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the variable winning opening 234, the payout device 152 is driven to discharge a predetermined number (for example, 15 balls) of balls to the upper plate 126 as prize balls. The ball that entered the variable winning opening 234 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  Further, a plurality of disc-shaped hitting direction changing members 236 called a windmill and a plurality of game nails 238 are arranged in the vicinity of these winning openings and start openings, and at the bottom of the inner rail 204, An out port 240 is provided for guiding a ball that has not won a prize or starting port to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharging it to the game island side.

  The pachinko machine 100 supplies the ball stored in the upper plate 126 by the player to the launch position of the launch rail, drives the launch motor with strength according to the operation amount of the player's operation handle, The outer rod 202 and the inner rail 204 are passed by the launcher 148 and are launched into the game area 124. Then, the ball that has reached the upper part of the game area 124 falls downward while changing the advancing direction by the hitting direction changing member 236, the game nail 238, etc., and a winning opening (general winning opening 226, variable winning opening 234) or start opening (Special Figure 1 Start Port 230, Special Figure 2 Start Port 232) Wins the Out Port 240 without winning any of the winning ports or start ports, or just passing through the normal start port 228 To do.

  Next, the rendering device 206 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. On the front side of the effect device 206, a warp device 242 and a stage 244 are arranged in an area where the game ball can roll, and an effect movable body 224 is arranged in an area where the game ball cannot roll. In addition, a decorative symbol display device 208 and a shielding device 246 (hereinafter may be referred to as a door or a shutter) are disposed on the back side of the effect device 206. That is, in the effect device 206, the decorative symbol display device 208 and the shielding means are located behind the warp device 242, the stage 244, and the effect movable body 224. The warp device 242 discharges the game balls that have entered the warp inlet 242a provided at the upper left of the effect device 206 to the stage 244 below the front surface of the effect device 206 from the warp outlet 242b. The stage 244 can roll a ball discharged from the warp outlet 242b or a ball that has been picked up by a nail of the game board 200, etc. A special route 244a is provided to facilitate entry.

  In this embodiment, the effect movable body 224 includes an upper arm portion 224a and a forearm portion 224b simulating the upper arm and forearm of a human right arm. A forearm motor (not shown) that rotates the forearm 224b at a position is provided. The effect movable body 224 moves in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 by the upper arm motor and the forearm motor.

  The shielding device 246 includes a lattice-like left door 246a and right door 246b, and is disposed between the decorative symbol display device 208 and the front stage 244. Belts wound around two pulleys (not shown) are fixed to the upper portions of the left door 246a and the right door 246b, respectively. That is, the left door 246a and the right door 246b move to the left and right as the belt driven by the motor through the pulley moves. When the left door 246a and the right door 246b are closed, the shielding means shields the inner end portions thereof so that it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the decorative symbol display device 208. In the state where the left door 246a and the right door 246b are opened, each inner end portion slightly overlaps the outer end portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, but the player can visually recognize all of the display of the decorative symbol display device 208. It is. In addition, the left door 246a and the right door 246b can be stopped at arbitrary positions, respectively, for example, only a part of the decorative design so that the player can identify which decorative design the displayed decorative design is. Can be shielded. In addition, the left door 246a and the right door 246b may be configured so that a part of the decorative symbol display device 208 behind the lattice hole can be visually recognized, or the shoji part of the lattice hole is closed with a translucent lens body. The display by the decorative symbol display device 208 may be made vaguely visible to the player, or the shoji part of the holes in the lattice is completely blocked (shielded), and the decorative symbol display device 208 behind is made completely invisible. Also good.

  Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the pachinko machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. This figure shows a circuit block diagram of the control unit. The control unit of the pachinko machine 100 can be roughly classified into a main control unit 300 that controls the central part of the game and a command signal (hereinafter simply referred to as “command”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. A first sub-control unit 400 that controls the second sub-control unit 500 that controls various devices based on a command transmitted from the first sub-control unit 400, and a command transmitted by the main control unit 300 The payout control unit 600 that mainly controls the game ball payout, the launch control unit 630 that controls the launch of the game ball, and the power supply control unit 660 that controls the power supplied to the pachinko machine 100 are configured. Yes.

  First, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing control programs and various data, and data temporarily. A RAM 308 for storing, an I / O 310 for controlling input / output of various devices, a counter timer 312 for measuring time and the number of times, and a WDT 314 for monitoring an abnormality in program processing are mounted. Note that other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and the RAM 308, and this is the same for the first sub-control unit 400 and the second sub-control unit 500 described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 316b as a system clock.

  The basic circuit 302 also includes a random value generation circuit 318 used as a hardware random number counter that changes a numerical value in the range of 0 to 65535 every time a clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 316a is received (this circuit includes 2 counters) and a predetermined ball detection sensor, for example, a sensor that detects a game ball passing through each starting port, winning port, variable winning port, front frame door opening sensor, and inner frame A sensor circuit 322 for receiving signals output from various sensors 320 including an open sensor and a lower plate full sensor, and outputting a comparison result with an amplification result and a reference voltage to the random value generation circuit 318 and the basic circuit 302; Drive circuit 324 for controlling the display of the special symbol display device 212 or the special symbol 2 display device 214, a predetermined symbol display device, for example, A drive circuit 326 for performing display control of the general-purpose display device 210, and various status display units 328 (for example, a general-purpose reservation lamp 216, a special figure 1 retention lamp 218, a special figure 2 retention lamp 220, and a high-accuracy medium lamp 222 And the like, and a variety of solenoids 332 for opening and closing a predetermined movable member, for example, the blade member 232a of the special figure 2 starting port 232, the door member 234a of the variable prize opening 234, and the like. A driving circuit 334 is connected.

  When the sphere detection sensor 320 detects that a sphere is won at the special figure 1 starting port 230, the sensor circuit 322 outputs a signal indicating that the sphere has been detected to the random value generation circuit 318. Upon receiving this signal, the random value generation circuit 318 latches the value at the timing of the counter corresponding to the special figure 1 starting port 230, and stores the latched value in the built-in counter value corresponding to the special figure 1 starting port 230. Store in the register. Similarly, when the random value generation circuit 318 receives a signal indicating that the ball has won the special figure 2 starting port 232, the random number generation circuit 318 latches the value at the timing of the counter corresponding to the special figure 2 starting port 232. The latched value is stored in a built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the special figure 2 starting port 232.

  Further, an information output circuit 336 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 is connected to an information input circuit 350 provided in an external hall computer (not shown) or the like via the information output circuit 336. 100 game information (for example, game state) is output.

  Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 338 for monitoring the voltage value of the power source supplied from the power source control unit 660 to the main control unit 300. The voltage monitoring circuit 338 has a voltage value of the power source. When the voltage is less than a predetermined value (9 V in this embodiment), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has decreased is output to the basic circuit 302.

  Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on, and the CPU 304 starts from the start signal output circuit 340. When a signal is input, game control is started (main control unit main processing described later is started).

  The main control unit 300 includes an output interface for transmitting a command to the first sub-control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting a command to the payout control unit 600. With this configuration, the first control unit 300 Communication with the sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is enabled. Information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is one-way communication. The main control unit 300 sends commands and the like to the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600. The first sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 are configured such that signals such as commands cannot be transmitted to the main control unit 300.

  Next, the first sub control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that controls the entire first sub-control unit 400 mainly based on commands transmitted from the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, A RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 410 for controlling input / output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time and frequency are mounted. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock.

  The basic circuit 402 includes a sound source IC 416 for controlling the speaker 120 (and amplifier), a drive circuit 420 for controlling various lamps 418 (for example, the chance button lamp 138), and a shielding device 246. A drive circuit 432 for performing drive control, a shielding device sensor 430 that detects the current position of the shielding device 246, a chance button detection sensor 426 that detects pressing of the chance button 136, a shielding device sensor 430, and a chance button detection sensor A sensor circuit 428 that outputs a detection signal from 426 to the basic circuit 402, a ROM 406 for storing a control program and various effect data, and image data stored in the ROM 406 based on signals from the CPU 404, and the VRAM 436 are read out. Display images using the work area And VDP434 for displaying an image on the decorative pattern display apparatus 208 forms (Video Display Processor), is connected to. The ROM 406 may store the control program and various effect data in separate ROMs.

  Next, the second sub control unit 500 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a basic circuit 502 that receives the control command transmitted from the first sub-control unit 400 via the input interface and controls the entire second sub-control unit 500 based on the control command. The basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a RAM 508 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 510 for controlling input / output of various devices, and a counter timer 512 for measuring time and frequency. It is equipped with. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock.

  The basic circuit 502 also includes a ROM 506 that stores a control program and data for controlling the entire second sub-control unit 500, data for image display, and the like, and drive control for the effect movable body 224. Control of drive circuit 516, effect movable body sensor 424 that detects the current position of effect movable body 224, sensor circuit 518 that outputs a detection signal from effect movable body sensor 424 to basic circuit 502, and control of game board lamp 532 A game board lamp driving circuit 530 for controlling the game table frame lamp 542, a game board lamp driving circuit 530, and a game table frame lamp driving circuit. A serial communication control circuit 520 that performs lighting control by serial communication with the 540 is connected.

  Next, the payout control unit 600, the launch control unit 630, and the power supply control unit 660 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The payout control unit 600 controls the payout motor 602 of the payout device 152 mainly based on a command signal or the like transmitted from the main control unit 300, and a prize ball or a rental ball based on a control signal output from the payout sensor 604 It is detected whether or not the payout has been completed, and communication with a card unit 608 provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 is performed via the interface unit 606.

  The launch control unit 630 outputs a control signal output from the payout control unit 600 to permit or stop the launch, or a launch intensity output circuit provided in the ball launch handle 134 to operate the ball launch handle 134 by the player. Control of the launch motor 632 that drives the launcher 146 and launcher 148, and control of the ball feeder 634 that supplies the launcher 110 with a ball from the upper plate 126 based on a control signal that indicates the launch intensity according to the amount. I do.

  The power control unit 660 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the pachinko machine 100 into a DC voltage, converts it to a predetermined voltage, and controls each control unit such as the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400, the payout device 152, etc. Supply to each device. Further, the power supply control unit 660 supplies a power storage circuit (for example, a power supply circuit) for supplying power to a predetermined part (for example, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300) for a predetermined period (for example, 10 days) even after the external power supply is cut off. , Capacitor). In the present embodiment, a predetermined voltage is supplied from the power supply control unit 660 to the payout control unit 600 and the second sub control unit 500, and the main control unit 300, the second sub control unit 500, and the launch control unit are supplied from the payout control unit 600. Although a predetermined voltage is supplied to 630, the predetermined voltage may be supplied to each control unit and each device through another power supply path.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 5A to 5C, the special figure 1 display device 212, the special figure 2 display device 214, the decorative symbol display device 208, and the universal figure display device 210 of the pachinko machine 100 are stopped and displayed. The types of figures and ordinary drawings will be described. Fig.5 (a) shows an example of the stop symbol aspect of a special figure. The special figure 1 variable game is started on the condition that the first start port sensor detects that the ball has entered the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the special figure 2 start opening 232 indicates that the ball has entered 2 The special figure 2 variable game is started on condition that the start sensor is detected. When the special figure 1 variable game is started, the special figure 1 display device 212 performs “variable display of special figure 1” which repeats lighting of all seven segments and lighting of one central segment. When the special figure 2 variable game is started, the special figure 2 display device 214 performs “variable display of special figure 2” by repeating all lighting of the seven segments and lighting of the central one segment. . These “variation display of special figure 1” and “variation display of special figure 2” correspond to an example of the symbol fluctuation display in the present embodiment. When the fluctuation time determined before the fluctuation start of the special figure 1 (corresponding to the fluctuation time in the present embodiment) elapses, the special figure 1 display device 212 stops and displays the stop symbol form of the special figure 1, When the variation time determined before the start of the variation 2 (this also corresponds to the variation time in the present embodiment) has elapsed, the special figure 2 display device 214 stops and displays the stop symbol form of the special illustration 2. Therefore, from the start of “figure display of special figure 1” until the stop symbol form of special figure 1 is stopped, or after the start of “fluctuation display of special figure 2”, the stop symbol form of special figure 2 is displayed. Until stop display corresponds to an example of the symbol variation stop display referred to in the present embodiment, hereinafter, after the “variable display of special figure 1 or 2” is started, the stop symbol form of special figure 1 or 2 is stopped and displayed. A series of displays until this is done is referred to as symbol variation stop display. As will be described later, the symbol variation stop display may be continuously performed a plurality of times.

  FIG. 5A shows ten types of special drawings from “Special Figure A” to “Special Figure J” as the stop symbol forms in the symbol variation stop display. In FIG. 5 (a), the white portions in the drawing indicate the locations of the segments that are turned off, and the black portions indicate the locations of the segments that are turned on. “Special Figure A” is a 15-round (15R) special jackpot symbol, and “Special Figure B” is a 15R jackpot symbol. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, the determination as to whether or not the big hit in the special figure variable game is made by lottery of hardware random numbers, and the decision as to whether or not it is a special big hit is made by lottery of software random numbers. The difference between the jackpot and the special jackpot is the difference in whether the probability of winning the jackpot is high (special jackpot) or low (jackpot) in the next special figure variation game. Hereinafter, a state having a high probability of winning the jackpot is referred to as a special figure high probability state, and a state having a low probability is referred to as a special figure low probability state. In addition, after the 15R special jackpot game ends and after the 15R jackpot game ends, the state shifts to an electric support state (sometimes referred to as a short time state). Although the electric support state will be described in detail later, the state that shifts to the electric support state is referred to as a normal high probability state, and the state that does not shift to the electric support state is referred to as a normal low probability state. “Special figure A”, which is a 15R special jackpot symbol, is a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, and “Special figure B”, which is a 15R jackpot symbol, is a special figure low probability ordinary figure high probability state. These “special chart A” and “special chart B” are symbols that have a relatively high degree of advantage over the player.

  “Special figure C” is a 2R jackpot symbol called sudden probability change, and is a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state. That is, “Special Figure C” is 2R compared to “Special Figure A” which is 15R. “Special figure D” is a 2R jackpot symbol called sudden time reduction, and is a special figure low probability normal figure high probability state. That is, “Special Figure D” is 2R compared to “Special Figure B” which is 15R. “Special figure E” is a 2R jackpot symbol called hidden probability change, and is a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state. "Special figure F" is a 2R jackpot symbol suddenly called normal, and is a special figure low probability normal figure low probability state. These “special drawing E” and “special drawing F” are both 2R and are in a state in which they do not shift to the electric support state.

  “Special figure G” is the first small hit symbol, and “Special figure H” is the second small hit symbol, both of which are in the special figure low probability normal figure low probability state. The small hit here is equivalent to the same as the big hit without 2R electric support. That is, “Special Figure G” and “Special Figure H” are in the same state as “Special Figure F”, but the effects displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 are different in both cases. By providing “G”, “Special Figure H”, and “Special Figure F”, the interest of the game is enhanced.

  In addition, “Special Figure I” is a first off symbol, and “Special Figure J” is a second off symbol, which is a symbol that is relatively less advantageous to the player. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, symbols other than “Special Illustration A” are prepared as 15R special jackpot symbols, and the same applies to other symbols such as 15R jackpot symbols.

  FIG. 5B shows an example of a decorative design. There are 10 types of decoration patterns of the present embodiment: “Decoration 1” to “Decoration 10”. The first start port sensor detects that a ball has won the special figure 1 starting port 230 or the special figure 2 starting port 232, that is, the ball has entered the special figure 1 starting port 230, or the special figure 2 Each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided on the condition that the second start port sensor detects that a ball has entered the start port 232. In the symbol display area, “decoration 1” → “decoration 2” → “decoration 3” →... “Decoration 9” → “decoration 10” → “decoration 1” →. “Change design of symbols”.

  When notifying 15R special jackpot of “Special Figure A” or 15R big jackpot of “Special Figure B”, a combination of symbols in which three same decorative symbols are arranged in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c (for example, “Decoration 1− (Decoration 1 -decoration 1 "," decoration 2 -decoration 2 -decoration 2 ", etc.) are stopped and displayed. When the 15R special jackpot of “special drawing A” is explicitly notified, a combination of three symbols of the same odd number of decorative symbols (for example, “decoration 3—decoration 3—decoration 3” or “decoration 7—decoration 7”). -Decoration 7 "etc.) is stopped and displayed.

  In addition, the 2R big hit called “hidden probability change” of “special drawing E”, the 2R big hit called “special drawing F” suddenly normal, or the first small hit of “special drawing G”, “special drawing H” When notifying the second small hit, “decoration 1-decoration 2—decoration 3” is stopped and displayed. Furthermore, in order to notify 2R jackpot called “sudden probability change” of “special drawing C” or 2R jackpot called “sudden time reduction of“ special drawing D ”,“ decoration 1-decoration 3—decoration 5 ”is set. Stop display.

  On the other hand, when notifying the first deviation of “Special Figure I” and the second deviation of “Special Figure J”, the symbol combinations other than the symbol combinations shown in FIG. 5B are stopped in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. indicate.

  FIG.5 (c) shows an example of the usual stop display symbol. In the present embodiment, there are two types of stoppage display modes of “normal map A”, which is a winning symbol, and “general symbol B”, which is a missed symbol. Based on the fact that the above-mentioned gate sensor has detected that the sphere has passed through the general start port 228, the general map display device 210 repeats the lighting of all seven segments and the lighting of one central segment. Perform a “normal change display”. Then, when notifying the winning of the common figure variable game, the “normal figure A” is stopped and displayed, and when notifying the deviation of the common figure variable game, the “normal figure B” is stopped and displayed. Also in FIG.5 (c), the white part in a figure shows the location of the segment which light-extinguishes, and the black-colored part has shown the location of the segment which lights up.

  Next, main control unit main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main processing of the main control unit. As described above, the main control unit 300 is provided with the start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs the start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 to which this activation signal has been input performs reset start by a reset interrupt, and executes main control unit main processing shown in FIG. 6 in accordance with a control program stored in advance in the ROM 306.

  In step S101, initial setting 1 is performed. In the initial setting 1, the stack initial value is set in the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304 (temporary setting), the interrupt mask is set, the I / O 310 is initialized, the various variables stored in the RAM 308 are initialized, and the WDT 314 is set. Allow operation, set initial values, etc. In the present embodiment, a numerical value corresponding to 32.8 ms is set in WDT 314 as an initial value.

  In step S103 following step S101, the value of the counter of WDT 314 is cleared, and the time measurement by WDT 314 is restarted. In step S105 subsequent to step S103, whether or not the low voltage signal is ON, that is, the voltage value of the power supply that the voltage monitoring circuit 338 supplies from the power supply control unit 660 to the main control unit 300 is a predetermined value. It is monitored whether or not a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has decreased when the voltage is less than (9 V in this embodiment). Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects that the power supply is cut off), the process returns to step S103, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the CPU 304 does not detect that the power supply is cut off), the step is performed. The process proceeds to S107. Even when the predetermined value (9 V) is not yet reached immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S103, and step S105 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined value.

  In step S107, initial setting 2 is performed. In the initial setting 2, a process for setting a numerical value for determining a cycle for executing a main control unit timer interrupt process, which will be described later, in the counter timer 312, a predetermined port of the I / O 310 (for example, a test output port, a second output port) 1) a process of outputting a clear signal from the output port 1), a setting for permitting writing to the RAM 308, and the like.

  In step S109 following step S107, it is determined whether or not to return to the state before the power interruption (before power interruption). In the case of initializing), the process proceeds to initialization processing (step S113). Specifically, first, a RAM clear signal transmitted when a store clerk or the like of an amusement store operates the RWM clear switch 180 provided on the power supply board is turned on (indicates that there has been an operation). That is, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear is necessary. If the RAM clear signal is on (when the RAM clear is necessary), the process proceeds to step S113 to set the basic circuit 302 to the initial state. On the other hand, when the RAM clear signal is OFF (when the RAM clear is not necessary), the power status information stored in the power status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read, and the power status information is information indicating suspend. It is determined whether or not. If the power status information is not information indicating suspend, the process proceeds to step S113 to set the basic circuit 302 to an initial state. If the power status information is information indicating suspend, a predetermined area of the RAM 308 is set. A checksum is calculated by adding all the 1-byte data stored in (for example, all areas) to a 1-byte register whose initial value is 0, and the calculated checksum results in a specific value (for example, 0) (whether or not the checksum result is normal). When the checksum result is a specific value (eg, 0) (when the checksum result is normal), the process proceeds to step S111 to return to the state before the power interruption, and the checksum result is a specific value. If the value is other than 0 (for example, 0) (if the result of the checksum is abnormal), the process proceeds to step S113 to set the pachinko machine 100 to the initial state. Similarly, when the power status information indicates information other than “suspend”, the process proceeds to step S113.

  In step S111, power recovery processing is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power failure is read out and reset to the stack pointer (this setting). In addition, the value of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power interruption is read out and reset in each register, and then the interrupt permission is set. Thereafter, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and registers, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state when the power is turned off. That is, the processing is resumed from the instruction next to the instruction (predetermined in step S115) performed immediately before branching to the timer interrupt process (described later) immediately before the power interruption. A RAM 308 mounted on the basic circuit 302 in the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4 is provided with a transmission information storage area. In step S111, a power recovery command is set in the transmission information storage area. This power recovery command is a command indicating that the power has been restored to the state at the time of power-off, and is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300 described later.

  In step S113, initialization processing is performed. In this initialization process, interrupt prohibition setting, stack initial value setting to the stack pointer (this setting), initialization of all storage areas of the RAM 308, and the like are performed. Further, here, a normal return command is set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. This normal return command is a command indicating that the initialization process (step S113) of the main control unit 300 has been performed, and in the same way as the power recovery command, in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300, 1 is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400.

  In step S115 subsequent to step S113, the basic random number initial value updating process is performed after setting the interrupt prohibition. In this basic random number initial value update process, when it is determined whether or not it is a big hit or not, a random number value for determining a special figure for winning time used for a lottery to determine a stop symbol in special figure variable games is generated. The initial value generating random number counter for generating the initial value of the winning special figure determining random number counter (hereinafter referred to as “initial value generating random number counter corresponding to the winning special figure determining random number counter”). ). Also, an initial value generation random number counter for generating an initial value of a universal winning random number counter for generating a normal winning random number for use in determining whether or not a normal floating game is successful (hereinafter referred to as “corresponding to the normal winning random counter”). "Initial value generation random number counter"). For example, if the range of values that can be taken as the random number value for determining the special figure for hitting is 0 to 99, the value is stored from the initial value generating random number counter storage area corresponding to the random number counter for determining the special figure for winning hour provided in the RAM 308. Acquire, add 1 to the acquired value, and store in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. The initial value generation random number counter corresponding to the usual winning random number counter is updated in the same manner. Note that the initial value generation random number counters corresponding to the winning special figure determining random number counter and the common winning random number counter are also updated in step S207 described later. The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the process of step S115 except during a timer interrupt process that starts every predetermined period.

  Next, a main control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main control unit timer interrupt process. The main control unit 300 includes a counter timer 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, about once every 2 ms), and the main control unit timer interrupt is triggered by this timer interrupt signal. The process is started at a predetermined cycle.

  In step S201, a timer interrupt start process is performed. In this timer interrupt start process, a process of temporarily saving each register value of the CPU 304 to the stack area is performed. In step S203 following step S201, the WDT is set so that the count value of the WDT 314 exceeds the initial set value (32.8 ms in the present embodiment) and no WDT interrupt occurs (so as not to detect a processing abnormality). It is restarted periodically (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms, which is the main controller timer interrupt period).

  In step S205 subsequent to step S203, input port state update processing is performed. In this input port state update process, the detection signals of various sensors 320 including the above-mentioned front frame door open sensor, inner frame open sensor, lower pan full sensor, and various ball detection sensors are input via the input port of the I / O 310. The input is monitored for the presence or absence of a detection signal, and stored in a signal state storage area provided for each of the various sensors 320 in the RAM 308. If the detection signal of the sphere detection sensor is described as an example, information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected in the timer interruption process (about 4 ms before) is stored in the RAM 308 for each sphere detection sensor. This information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area partitioned and stored in the RAM 308 in the previous detection signal storage area partitioned for each sphere detection sensor, and the previous timer interrupt processing (about 2 ms before) ) Is read from the current detection signal storage area provided for each sphere detection sensor in the RAM 308, and this information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area described above. To remember. Further, the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected this time is stored in the above-described current detection signal storage area.

  Further, in step S205, the information on the presence or absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor stored in each storage area of the above-mentioned detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area is compared. It is determined whether or not the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in the ball detection sensor matches the winning determination pattern information. This main control unit timer interrupt process that is repeatedly started at a very short interval of about 2 ms while one game ball passes one ball detection sensor is started several times. For this reason, every time the main control unit timer interrupt process is activated, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is confirmed in step S205. As a result, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is stored in each of the detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area. That is, when the game ball starts to pass through the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal before, a previous detection signal, and a current detection signal. In the present embodiment, in consideration of erroneous detection of the sphere detection sensor and noise, it is determined that there is a prize when the detection signal is stored twice continuously after no detection signal. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4 stores winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is no previous detection signal, that there is a previous detection signal, and that there is a current detection signal). In step S205, information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in each sphere detection sensor is predetermined winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, no previous detection signal, previous detection signal, current detection signal present). If there is a match with the general winning opening 226, the variable winning opening 234, the special figure 1 starting opening 230, and the special figure 2 starting opening 232, or the normal figure starting opening 228 is passed. Judge that there was. In other words, it is determined that a prize has been awarded to the winning ports 226 and 234 and the starting ports 230, 232, and 228. For example, when the information on the presence / absence of the detection signals for the past three matches with the above-described winning determination pattern information in the general winning opening sensor for detecting the winning at the general winning opening 226, there is a winning at the general winning opening 226. If the information on the presence / absence of detection signals for the past three times does not match the above-described winning determination pattern information, the subsequent general winnings are performed. The process branches to the subsequent process without performing the process associated with winning the prize to the mouth 226. Note that the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination clear pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is a detection signal before the previous time, no previous detection signal, and no current detection signal). After it is determined that there has been a single win, it is not determined that there has been a win until the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times matches the winning determination clear pattern information in each ball detection sensor, and the winning determination is cleared. If it matches the pattern information, it is next determined whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information.

In step S207 following step S205 and in step S209 subsequent thereto, basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing are performed. In the basic random number initial value updating process in step S207, the initial value generating random number counter corresponding to the winning special figure determining random number counter and the universal winning random number counter respectively performed in step S115 is updated. In the basic random number update process in step S209, the winning special figure determining random number counter and the regular winning random number counter used in the main control unit 300 are updated. For example, assuming that the range of values that can be taken as random numbers for determining a special figure for hitting is 0 to 99, a random number counter for determining a special figure for hitting provided in the RAM 308 in order to generate a random number for determining a special figure for hitting hours Is obtained, and 1 is added to the obtained value, which is then stored in the original random number counter for determining a hit special figure. At this time, if the result obtained by adding 1 to the obtained value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter for determining a hit time special figure. In addition, when it is determined as a result of adding 1 to the acquired value that the winning-time special figure determining random number counter makes a round, the initial value generating random number counter corresponding to the winning special figure determining random number counter Is set in the random counter for determining the special figure for winning hour. For example, a value is acquired from a random number counter for hitting special figure determination that fluctuates in a numerical range of 0 to 99, and a result obtained by adding 1 to the acquired value is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in the RAM 308. If the value is equal to the previously set initial value (for example, 7), the value is acquired as an initial value from the initial value generation random number counter corresponding to the random number counter for determining the winning hour figure, and The initial value set this time is stored in the above-described initial value storage area in order to set the figure-determining random number counter and to determine that the winning-time special figure determining random number counter has made one round next.
In addition to the initial value storage area for determining that the winning special figure determining random number counter has made one round next, an initial value for determining that the common winning random number counter has made one round A storage area is provided in the RAM 308. The hit special figure determining random number counter may be provided with a counter for acquiring the random value for special figure 1 and a counter for acquiring the random value for special figure 2 or the same. The counter may be used.

  In step S211 following step S209, effect random number update processing is performed. In this effect random number update process, a random number counter for generating an effect random number used by the main control unit 300 is updated. Specifically, the special figure timer number determination random number counter for generating the special figure timer number determination random number value for determining the symbol variation time in the special figure variation game is updated. In addition, a random number counter for determining a general timer number for generating a random number value for determining a general timer number for determining a symbol variation time in the general variable game is updated.

  In step S213 following step S211, timer update processing is performed. In this timer update process, the time for displaying and changing the symbol on the special symbol display device 212 and the time for displaying and changing the symbol on the special symbol display device 212 are counted. Special figure 1 display symbol update timer, Special figure 2 display symbol update timer for measuring the time for the symbol to be changed / stopped on the special figure 2 display device 214, a predetermined winning effect time, a predetermined opening time, a predetermined time Various timers including a timer for counting the closing time, a predetermined end effect period, and the like are updated.

  In step S215 subsequent to step S213, a winning opening counter updating process is performed. In this winning opening counter updating process, when winning holes 226 and 234 and starting holes 230, 232 and 228 have been won, the RAM 308 stores the winning ball number storage area provided for each winning hole or for each starting hole. The value is read and 1 is added to set in the original prize ball number storage area.

  In step S217 following step S215, a winning acceptance process is performed. In this winning acceptance process, it is determined whether or not there has been a winning at the special figure 1 starting port 230, the special figure 2 starting port 232, the ordinary drawing starting port 228 and the variable winning port 234. Here, the determination is made using the determination result of whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S205.

  If there is a winning at the special figure 1 starting port 230 and the corresponding special figure 1 reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is not full (in this example, the full number is 4), the random number value generation circuit (Hard Random Number Circuit) The hit determination random number value generated by applying predetermined processing to the value stored in the built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the special figure 1 start port 230 of the 318 is used for the hit determination for the special figure 1 In addition to obtaining as a random number value, a random number value for determining a special figure for hitting time is acquired as a random number value for determining a special figure for hitting time for special figure 1 from a random number counter for determining a special figure for hitting time provided in the RAM 308. Store in the random number storage area in the order of acquisition. Special figure 1 random number value for determining per hit for special figure 1 and random number value for determining special figure for special figure for special figure 1 as the first start information in the special figure 1 random value storage area (hereinafter referred to as "special figure 1 random value The abbreviations “set”) are stored in the same number as the number of reserved special figure 1 stored in the special figure 1 reserved number storage area. In the special figure 1 random value storage area, each time the special figure 1 holding number decreases, the data of a set of special figure 1 random values having the highest holding order (the first and most recently stored) is stored. In addition to being erased, the remaining special figure 1 random value set data is processed so that the holding order is incremented by one. Each time the special figure 1 holding number increases by one, the new special figure 1 random value set data is added to the next holding order of the special figure 1 random value set data having the lowest (last) holding order. Written.

  When the special figure 2 starting port 232 is won and the corresponding special figure 2 reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is not full (in this example, the reserved number 4 is full), the random value generation circuit A random number value for hit determination generated by applying predetermined processing to the value stored in the built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the special figure 2 start port 232 of 318 is acquired as a random number value for hit determination for special figure 2 In addition, a special figure determining random number value for winning time is obtained as a random value for determining special figure for hitting for special figure 2 from a random counter for determining special figure for winning hour provided in the RAM 308 and a special figure 2 random value storage area. In order of acquisition. Special figure 2 hit determination random number value and special figure 2 special time determination random number value as the second starting information in the special figure 2 random value storage area (hereinafter referred to as "special figure 2 random value The abbreviations “set”) are stored for the same number as the number of reserved special figure 2 stored in the special figure 2 reserved number storage area. In the special figure 2 random value storage area, each time the special figure 2 holding number decreases, the data of the special figure 2 random value pair with the highest holding order is deleted, and the remaining special figure 2 random value Processing is performed so that the holding order of the set of data is incremented by one. Each time the special figure 2 holding number increases by one, the new special figure 2 random value set data is written in the next holding order of the special figure 2 random value set data having the lowest holding order.

  If there is a winning at the general figure starting port 228 and the corresponding reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is not full, the value is acquired from the random number counter for generating the normal figure winning random number value as the normal figure winning random number value. Stored in the random number storage area. When there is a winning at the variable winning opening 234, information indicating that a ball has entered the variable winning opening 234 is stored in the winning storage area for the variable winning opening.

  In step S219 following step S217, a payout request number transmission process is performed. Note that the output schedule information and the payout request information output to the payout control unit 600 are composed of, for example, 1 byte, strobe information (indicating that data is set when ON), bit 6 Power-on information (if turned on, indicates that this is the first command transmission after power-on), bits 4-5 indicate the current processing type for encryption (0-3), and bits 0-3 indicate encryption The number of payout requests after processing is shown.

  In step S221 following step S219, a normal state update process is performed. This normal state update process performs one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the normal state. For example, in the general diagram state update process in the middle of the normal map change display (the value of the above-mentioned general map display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the 7 segment LED constituting the general map display device 210 is repeatedly turned on and off. Turns off drive control. By performing this control, the general map display device 210 performs normal variable display (normal map variable game).

  Also, in the general state update process at the timing when the normal map change display time has elapsed (the timing at which the value of the general map display symbol update timer has changed from 1 to 0), When the 7-segment LED constituting the general-purpose display device 210 is turned on / off to control the display mode, and the normal-map hit flag is off, the general-purpose display is displayed so that the display mode of the off symbol is displayed. The 7 segment LED constituting the device 210 is controlled to be turned on / off. Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a setting area for performing various settings in various processes, not limited to the normal state update process. Here, the above-described lighting / extinguishing drive control is performed, and the setting area is set to indicate that the normal stop display is being performed. By performing this control, the universal symbol display device 210 determines one of the winning symbols (common symbol A shown in FIG. 5 (c)) and the off symbol (general symbol B shown in FIG. 5 (c)). Display. After that, information indicating the stop period is set in a storage area of a normal stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, for 500 milliseconds (ms)). With this setting, the symbol that has been confirmed and displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the player is notified of the result of the normal game.

  Further, if the result of the usual figure variable game is a hit, the usual figure hit flag is turned on as will be described later. When the usual figure hit flag is on, in the usual figure state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (when the usual figure stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), A normal operation is set in the setting area, and a predetermined open period (for example, 2 seconds), a solenoid for driving to open / close the blade member 232a of the special opening 2 232 (a part of various solenoids 332), A signal for holding 232a in the open state is output, and information indicating the open period is set in the storage area of the blade open time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  In the usual state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the blade opening time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the blade member has a predetermined closing period (for example, 500 milliseconds). A signal for holding the blade member in the closed state is output to the opening / closing drive solenoid 332, and information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  Further, in the normal state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (when the value of the blade closing time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the non-operating state is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. To do. Further, if the result of the usual figure variation game is out of place, the usual figure hit flag is turned off as will be described later. In the case where the usual figure hit flag is off, even in the usual figure state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (when the value of the usual figure stop time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, normal operation inactive is set. In the general state update process in the case where the general map is not operating, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S223.

  In step S223, a general drawing related lottery process is performed. In this general map-related lottery process, the open / close control of the general map variable game and the special map 2 start port 232 is not performed (the state of the general map is inactive), and the number of the general map variable games that are on hold When the number is 1 or more, it is determined whether or not the result of the usual figure variation game is won or not by the random lottery based on the usual figure winning random number value stored in the above random number value storage area. When a winning determination is made and the winning combination is made, ON is set to the common winning flag provided in the RAM 308. In the case of unsuccessful election, the flag for the usual figure is set to OFF. Regardless of the result of the hit determination, next, the value of the random number counter for generating the normal figure timer random value is acquired as the normal figure timer random number value, and a plurality of fluctuation times are obtained based on the acquired general figure timer random number value. One time is selected for variably displaying the normal map on the general map display device 210, and this variable display time is stored as a normal map variable display time in a general map variable time storage area provided in the RAM 308. In addition, the number of pending general figure variable games is stored in the usual figure pending number storage area provided in the RAM 308, and from the number of pending custom figure variable games each time a hit determination is made. The value obtained by subtracting 1 is re-stored in the usual figure number-of-holds storage area. Also, the random number value used for the hit determination is deleted.

  In step S224 following step S223, special figure prefetching processing is performed. Details of the special figure prefetching process will be described later.

  Next, the special figure state update process for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed. First, the special figure state update process (the special figure 2 state update process) for the special figure 2 is performed (step S225). In the special figure 2 state update process, one of the following plural (in this example, nine) processes is performed according to the special figure 2 state.

  For example, in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing of the special figure 2 fluctuation start, a value obtained by subtracting 1 from the value of the special figure 2 holding number stored in the special figure 2 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is shown in FIG. Re-store in the reserved number storage area. At the same time, the blinking of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 is controlled. For example, if the four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 in FIG. 3 are LED numbers 1-4 in order from the left to the right in the figure, the LEDs corresponding to the special figure 2 holding number are red, for example, in order from the smallest LED number. Turn on and turn off the others.

  Further, for example, in the special figure 2 state update process in the middle of the special figure 2 fluctuation display (the value of the above-mentioned special figure 2 display symbol update timer is 1 or more), Performs lighting / extinguishing drive control that repeatedly turns off. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 performs the special figure 2 variable display (special figure 2 variable game). Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation start setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area described above, and then the process ends.

  Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 includes a 15R big hit flag, a 2R big hit flag, a first small hit flag, a second small hit flag, a first off flag, a second off flag, a special figure probability variation flag, and a normal figure. A flag for each probability variation flag is prepared. In the special figure 2 state update process starting at the timing when the special figure 2 fluctuation display time has elapsed (the timing when the special figure 2 display symbol update timer value has changed from 1 to 0), the 15R big hit flag is on, and the special figure probability fluctuation When the flag is also on and the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is on, the special figure A, 15R jackpot flag shown in FIG. 5A is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is off, and the common figure probability fluctuation flag is on. When the special figure B, 2R big hit flag is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is on, and the general figure probability fluctuation flag is also on, the special figure C, 2R big hit flag is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is off, When the probability fluctuation flag is on, the special figure D, 2R jackpot flag is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is on, and when the common figure probability fluctuation flag is off, the special figure E, 2R jackpot flag is on, special chart Probability flag is off, normal When the rate fluctuation flag is also off, the special figure F, when the first small hit flag is on, the special figure G, when the second small hit flag is on, the special figure H, and the first off flag are on. In this case, the 7 segment LED constituting the special figure 2 display device 214 is controlled to be turned on / off so that the special figure I is turned on and the special figure J is turned on when the special flag I is turned on. Is set to indicate that the special figure 2 stop display is in progress. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 has a 15R special jackpot symbol (special figure A), a 15R big jackpot symbol (special figure B), a sudden probability variation symbol (special figure C), and a sudden short time symbol (special figure D). ), Hidden probability variation (special E), sudden normal (special F), first small hit (special G), second small hit (special H), first off symbol (special I) ) And the second off-set symbol (special symbol J). Thereafter, information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, for 500 ms). With this setting, the specially displayed special figure 2 is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the result of the special figure 2 variable game is notified to the player. Also, if the electric support number stored in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, the subtraction result is changed from 1 to 0. In this case, if the special figure probability is not changing (details will be described later), the time reduction flag is turned off. Further, the hourly flag is also turned off during the big hit game (in the special game state). Further, the special transmission information indicating that the rotation stop setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-described transmission information storage area, and the design for stopping the variable display is shown in FIG. The special figure 2 identification information indicating the presence is additionally stored in the RAM 308 as information to be included in command data, which will be described later, and the processing is terminated.

  If the result of the special figure 2 variable game is a big hit, the big hit flag is turned on as will be described later. When the jackpot flag is on, in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the special figure 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the RAM 308 In the setting area, the special figure 2 is in operation and waits for a predetermined winning effect period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period during which an image for notifying the player that the big win by the decorative symbol display device 208 is started is displayed. Therefore, information indicating the winning effect period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the winning effect setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

  Further, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined winning effect period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), a predetermined release period (for example, 29 seconds) Or, until a winning of a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10 balls) is detected at the variable winning opening 234, the door is connected to a solenoid for opening / closing the door member 234a of the variable winning opening 234 (a part of various solenoids 332). A signal for holding the member 234a in the opened state is output, and information indicating the opening period is set in the storage area of the door opening time management timer provided in the RAM 308. In addition, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening release setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

  In the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the door opening time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds) A signal for holding the door member 234a in a closed state is output to a solenoid for opening / closing the door member 234a of the variable prize opening 234 (a part of various solenoids 332), and a door closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308 is provided. Information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area. In addition, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening closing setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

  In addition, the opening / closing control of the door member is repeated a predetermined number of times (in this embodiment, 15 rounds or 2 rounds), and in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the end timing, a predetermined end effect period (for example, 3 seconds) In other words, the effect standby period is stored in the storage area of the effect standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to set to wait for a period during which an image for informing the player that the big hit by the decorative symbol display device 208 is to be ended is displayed. Set the information indicating. Also, if the ordinary probability fluctuation flag is set to ON, the power support number (for example, 100 times) is set in the power support number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 simultaneously with the end of the big hit game, and the RAM 308 Turns on the hourly flag provided in. If the usual probability fluctuation flag is set to OFF, the power support count storage unit does not set the power support count, and the time reduction flag is not turned ON. Here, the electric support state means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player in order to shorten the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure variable game to the start of the next big hit. If the short time flag is set to ON at this time, it is in the normal figure high probability (normal figure certain change) state. There is a higher probability of hitting in the general-game variable game in the high-probability state than in the normal-game low-probability state. In addition, in the normal figure high probability state, the change time of the general figure variable game and the change time of the special figure variable game are shorter than the normal figure low probability state (short general figure change). Furthermore, in the normal high probability state, compared to the normal low probability state, the opening time in one opening of the pair of blade members 232a of the special drawing 2 starting port 232 is likely to be longer (electrical chew extension). In addition, the pair of blade members 232a are more likely to open in the normal high probability state than in the normal low probability state. The control state due to the universal figure change, the universal figure change, and the electric Chu extension is collectively referred to as an electric support (starting prize winning support by electric tulip) state.

In addition, as described above, the hourly flag is set to off during the big hit game (in the special game state). Therefore, the normal low probability state is maintained during the big hit game. This is because, if the game is in a high probability state during a big hit game, a large number of game balls will be placed in the special figure 2 starting port 232 until a predetermined number of game balls enter the variable prize opening 234 during the big hit game. In order to solve this, there is a problem that the number of game balls that can be acquired during the big hit increases and the number of game balls that can be acquired during the big hit increases.
Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the end effect setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

  Also, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined end production period ends (when the production standby time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 is not activated in the setting area of the RAM 308. Set medium. Further, if the result of the special figure 2 variable game is out of place, the out-of-game flag is turned on as will be described later. In the case where the miss flag is on, even in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (the timing when the special figure 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, special figure 2 inactive is set. In the special figure 2 state update process when the special figure 2 is not in operation, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S227.

  Subsequently, special figure state update processing (special figure 1 state update process) for special figure 1 is performed (step S227). In the special figure 1 state update process, each process described in the special figure 2 state update process is performed according to the state of the special figure 1. Each process performed in the special figure 1 state update process is the same as the process in which “special figure 2” in the contents described in the special figure 2 state update process is replaced with “special figure 1”. Omitted. The order of the special figure 2 state update process and the special figure 1 state update process may be reversed.

  When the special figure state update process in step S225 and step S227 is completed, a special figure related lottery process for each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is performed. Also here, first, a special drawing related lottery process for special figure 2 (a special drawing 2 related lottery process) is performed (step S229), and then a special drawing related lottery process for special figure 1 (a special drawing 1 related lottery process). ) Is performed (step S231). In the special figure 2 related lottery process, the special games of FIG. 1 and 2 are not performed, the state of the special figures 1 and 2 is not operating, and the number of the special figure 2 variable games held is The process is executed using the first special figure 2 random value pair in the special figure 2 random value storage area, with a start condition being 1 or more. In the special figure 1 related lottery processing, the variable game of special figures 1 and 2 is not performed, the state of special figures 1 and 2 is not operating, there is no pending special figure 2 variable game, and It is executed using the first special figure 1 random value pair in the special figure 1 random value storage area, with the number of special figure 1 floating games being held being one or more as a starting condition.

  Also for these special drawing related lottery processes, the main control unit 300 performs the special figure 2 related lottery processing before the special figure 1 related lottery processing, so that the special figure 2 variable game start condition and the special figure 1 fluctuation Even if the game start conditions are satisfied at the same time, since the special figure 2 variable game is changing first, the special figure 1 variable game does not start changing. Also, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the special figure 2 variable game is started with priority over the special figure 1 variable game, and the special figure 2 hold is prioritized over the special figure 1 hold. Special figure 2 priority fluctuation. For this reason, when the number of suspensions of the special figure 2 variable game is greater than 0, the lottery process and the variable game relating to the suspension of the special figure 1 variable game are not performed. The notification of the result of the jackpot determination of the special figure variable game by the decorative symbol display device 208 is performed by the first sub-control unit 400, and the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the special figure 2 starting port 232 is notified. 1 is performed in preference to the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the starting port 230.

  In the case of the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229), a special figure 2 random value pair is acquired from the first (most recently stored) holding position in the special figure 2 random value storage area. Determination of whether or not to make a big hit, determination of whether or not to make a big hit using the illustrated determination table, determination of the time from the start of variable display of special figure 2 to the stop display (special figure timer) (Determination of the number), determination of the symbol (stop symbol) to be stopped and displayed after the fluctuation display of the special symbol 2 is performed. After the first special figure 2 random value set is extracted from the special figure 2 random value storage area, the storage of the special figure 2 random value set in the special figure 2 random value storage area is cleared, and the special figure 2 Subtract 1 from the number of holds. At this time, the set of the special figure 2 random value extracted from the special figure 2 random value storage area is stored in the temporary area (an example of the second starting information storage means) provided in the RAM 308, You may make it perform the above-mentioned determination based on the group of the said special figure 2 random value memorize | stored in this temporary area | region.

  Further, the main control unit 300 synchronizes the deletion of the special figure 2 random value set from the special figure 2 random value storage area with the corresponding special figure 2 prefetch result (described later) as the special figure 2 prefetch result. Erasing from the storage unit, 1 is subtracted from the special figure 2 prefetch number in the special figure 2 prefetch number storage area.

  After the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) as described above, the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) is executed. Since it is the same as the related lottery process (step S229), its description is omitted.

In step S233 following step S231, command setting transmission processing is performed, and various commands are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The output schedule information to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 is composed of 16 bits, for example, bit 15 is strobe information (indicating that data is set when ON), bits 11 to 14 are Command type (in this embodiment, basic command, symbol variation start command, symbol variation stop command, winning effect start command, end effect start command, jackpot round number designation command, power recovery command , ram clear command, prefetch result information command Information that can specify the type of command, etc.), bits 0 to 10 are constituted by command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type).

  Specifically, the strobe information is turned on or off by the command transmission process described above. If the command type is a symbol variation start command, the command data includes 15R jackpot flag and 2R jackpot flag values stored in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, special chart probability variation flag values, and special chart related items. Including the special figure timer number selected in the lottery process, and in the case of the symbol variation stop command, the value of the 15R jackpot flag, 2R jackpot flag, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, etc. In the case of a command, the value of a special figure probability variation flag is included, and in the case of a jackpot round number designation command, the value of a special figure probability variation flag, the number of big hit rounds, and the like are included. When the command type indicates a basic command, device information in the command data, presence / absence of winning at the special figure 1 starting port 230, presence / absence of winning at the special figure 2 starting port 232, presence / absence of winning at the variable winning port 234, etc. including. In the case of a prefetching result information command, the command data includes information such as the types of special figures 1 and 2, the prefetching number stored in the prefetching number storage area, and the stop symbol stored in the prefetching result storage unit.

  In the rotation start setting transmission process described above, the value of the 15R big hit flag or 2R big hit flag, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, the special figure 1 related lottery process, and the special figure 2 related are stored in the RAM 308 as command data. Information indicating the number of the special figure timer selected in the lottery process, the number of the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game being held is set. In the rotation stop setting transmission process described above, information indicating the value of the 15R big hit flag, the value of the 2R big hit flag, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, etc. stored in the RAM 308 is set in the command data. In the winning effect setting transmission process described above, the command control data stored in the RAM 308, the effect control information output to the decorative symbol display device 208, various lamps 418, and the speaker 120 during the winning effect period, the special figure probability variation flag Information indicating the value, the number of the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game being held, etc. is set. In the above-described end effect setting transmission process, the command control data stored in the RAM 308, the effect control information output to the decorative symbol display device 208, various lamps 418, and the speaker 120 during the effect standby period, the special figure probability variation flag Information indicating the value, the number of the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game being held, etc. is set. In the above-described winning prize opening release setting transmission process, the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308 in the command data, the value of the special figure probability fluctuation flag, the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games held, etc. Set the information indicating. In the above-described winning prize closing setting transmission process, the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308 in the command data, the value of the special figure probability fluctuation flag, the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games held, etc. Set the information indicating. In step S233, general command special figure hold increase processing is also performed. In this general command special figure pending increase process, special figure identification information (information showing special figure 1 or special figure 2) stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308, command notice information (preliminary notice information, false) Set either advance notice information or no advance notice information). In the first sub-control unit 400, it is possible to determine the production control according to the change of the game control in the main control unit 300 by the command type included in the received output schedule information, and it is included in the output schedule information. Based on the information of the command data, the contents of effect control can be determined.

  In step S235 following step S233, external output signal setting processing is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 350 separate from the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336.

  In step S237 following step S235, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of the various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step S205 are read, and the presence or absence of a predetermined error, for example, the presence or absence of a front frame door opening error or the presence or absence of a full tray error is monitored. When the front frame door opening error or the lower pan full error is detected, the transmission information to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 includes device information indicating the presence or absence of the front frame door opening error or the lower pan full error. Set. Further, various solenoids 332 are driven to control the opening / closing of the special figure 2 starting port 232 and the variable prize opening 234, and the general diagram display device 210 and the special diagram 1 display device 212 via the drive circuits 324, 326, 330. The display data to be output to the special figure 2 display device 214, various status display units 328, and the like is set in the output port of the I / O 310. Further, the output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S219) is output to the first sub-control unit 400 via the output port (I / O 310).

  In step S239 following step S237, it is monitored whether or not the low voltage signal is ON. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when power supply cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S243, and when the low voltage signal is off (when power supply cutoff is not detected), the process proceeds to step S241. In step S241, timer interrupt end processing is performed. In this timer interrupt end process, the value of each register temporarily saved in step S201 is set in each original register, interrupt permission is set, etc., and then the main control unit main process shown in FIG. Return to. On the other hand, in step S243, a specific variable or stack pointer for returning to the power-off state at the time of power recovery is saved in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 as return data, and power-off processing such as initialization of input / output ports is performed. After that, the process returns to the main process of the main control unit shown in FIG.

  FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the flow of the special figure prefetching process (step S224). In the special figure prefetching process, the main control unit 300 prefetches the starting information increased in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, predetermines the stop symbol before the success / failure determination process described later, and the predetermination result (Special figure prefetch result) is stored in the prefetch result storage unit in the RAM 308.

  Here, in the RAM 308, the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit for storing the special figure 1 prefetch result and the number of special figure 1 prefetch results stored in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit are specially displayed. A special figure 1 pre-reading number storage area for storing as one pre-reading number is provided. The prefetch result storage unit for special figure 1 can store up to four prefetch results in this example. In the special figure 1 prefetching result storage unit, every time the number of special figure 1 prefetching decreases by one, the data of the special figure 1 prefetching result with the highest rank (first) is erased and the remaining special figure 1 prefetching result Are processed so that the rank of the data is incremented by one. Each time the special figure 1 prefetch number increases by one, new special figure 1 prefetch result data is written in the next rank of the special figure 1 prefetch result data of the lowest rank (last).

  Also, in the RAM 308, the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit for storing the special figure 2 prefetch result and the number of special figure 2 prefetch results stored in the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit are stored in the special figure 2 prefetch. A special figure 2 pre-reading number storage area for storing numbers is provided. The prefetch result storage unit for special figure 2 can store up to four prefetch results in this example. In the special figure 2 prefetching result storage unit, every time the number of special figure 2 prefetching decreases by one, the data of the special figure 2 prefetching result having the highest rank is deleted and the order of the remaining special figure 2 prefetching result data Are processed so that they are incremented by one. Each time the special figure 2 prefetch number increases by one, new special figure 2 prefetch result data is written in the next rank of the special figure 2 prefetch data having the lowest rank.

  In the special figure prefetching process, first, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not the startup information of the special figure 2 (a set of special figure 2 random values as the second startup information) has increased (step S301). The determination as to whether or not the start information of the special figure 2 has increased is stored in, for example, the special figure 2 hold number stored in the special figure 2 hold number storage area and the special figure 2 prefetch number storage area. Special figure 2 Compared with the number of pre-reads. The main control unit 300 determines that the start information of the special figure 2 has increased when the special figure 2 hold number is larger than the special figure 2 prefetch number, and the special figure 2 hold number is determined as the special figure 2 prefetch number. If they are equal, it is determined that the starting information in FIG. 2 has not increased. When it is determined that the starting information of the special figure 2 is increasing, the increased starting information is prefetched from the special figure 2 random value storage area, and the success / failure determination table and the special figure determination table used at the time of the determination of the validity (whichever Referring to (not shown), the stop symbol of the special figure 2 variable game related to the start information is preliminarily determined (step S302). In step S302, the first half process of pre-reading the increased start information from the special figure 2 random value storage area and the second half process for predetermining the special figure 2 variable game stop symbol related to the start information are executed.

  Next, the stop symbol information as the special figure 2 prefetching result obtained in the prior determination is stored in the earliest free area of the special figure 2 prefetching result storage unit in the RAM 308 (step S303), and the process proceeds to step S304. To do. If it is determined in step S301 that the start information in FIG. 2 has not increased, the process proceeds to step S304 without executing steps S302 and S303.

  In step S304, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not the start information of the special figure 1 (a special figure 1 random number set as the first start information) is increasing. The determination as to whether or not the start information of the special figure 1 has increased is made, for example, in the same manner as in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 hold number stored in the special figure 1 hold number storage area and the special figure 1 prefetch number storage. The comparison is made with the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the area. If it is determined that the starting information of FIG. 1 has increased, the process proceeds to step S305. If it is determined that the starting information of FIG. 1 has not increased, steps S305 and S306 described later are not executed. The special figure prefetch process ends.

  In step S305, the special information related to the start information is pre-read from the special figure 1 random value storage area by referring to the increased special information related to the start information by referring to the decision table and the special figure determination table used when determining the validity. Predetermining the stop pattern of 1 variable game. In step S305, as in step S302, the first half of the process for prefetching the increased start information from the special figure 1 random value storage area, and the second half of the process for predetermining the stop pattern of the special figure 1 variable game related to the start information. Is executed.

  Next, the stop symbol information as the special figure 1 prefetch result obtained in the pre-determination is stored in the earliest free area of the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit in the RAM 308 (step S306), and the special figure prefetch process is performed. Exit.

  In this example, only the increased start information is pre-read and pre-determined. However, all start information may be pre-read and pre-determined. Further, in the above-described command setting transmission process (step S233), only the pre-read result of the starting information for the increase may be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400, or the pre-read result storage for special figure 1 and special figure 2 All the prefetching results in the section may be transmitted to the first sub-control section 400. Furthermore, in this example, the preliminary determination process is performed with reference to the table used at the time of the determination, but the preliminary determination process may be performed using a preliminary determination table different from the determination result. In this example, only the special figure stop symbol is pre-read and pre-determined, but the special figure timer number may be pre-determined.

  FIG. 9 illustrates a state where the prefetch result information is stored in the prefetch result storage unit. FIG. 9A illustrates a state in which the special figure 1 prefetch result information is stored in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit, and FIG. 9B illustrates the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit. 2 illustrates a state in which the prefetch result information is stored.

  As shown in FIG. 9A, the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit has, for example, the same number (four in this embodiment) of storage areas “prefetch result 1” as the number of the special figure 1 variable game that can be held. -"Read-ahead result 4". The storage areas “prefetch result 1” to “prefetch result 4” are associated with the reservation order of the special figure 1 random value storage area. In each of the storage areas, information on special figure stop symbols is stored. In the example shown in FIG. 9 (a), the storage areas “prefetch result 1”, “prefetch result 2”, and “prefetch result 3” have “special diagram I” and “special diagram I” as special symbol stop symbol information. "And" Special Figure A "are stored. No special figure stop symbol information is stored in the storage area “prefetch result 4”. In FIGS. 9A and 9B, a state in which the special figure stop symbol information is not stored in the storage area is described as “none”.

  As shown in FIG. 9B, the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit has, for example, the same number (four in this embodiment) of storage areas “prefetch result 1” as the number of special figure variable games that can be held. -"Read-ahead result 4". The storage areas “prefetch result 1” to “prefetch result 4” are associated with the reservation order of the special figure 2 random value storage area. In the example shown in FIG. 9B, “Special Figure I” is stored as special figure stop symbol information in the storage area “prefetch result 1”. In the storage areas “prefetch result 2” to “prefetch result 4”, no special figure stop symbol information is stored.

  The information stored in the special chart 1 or special chart 2 prefetch result storage unit is not limited to the special figure stop symbol information, and can be recognized by, for example, the determination result information or the first sub-control unit 400 (for example, lottery or production). Any information can be used. Further, when the special figure timer number is determined in advance in addition to the special figure stop symbol, information on the special figure stop symbol and the special figure timer number may be stored in each storage area.

  Next, processing of the first sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5A is a flowchart of main processing executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400. FIG. 6B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing (strobe interrupt processing) of the first sub control unit 400. FIG. 6C is a flowchart of the timer variable update interrupt process of the first sub control unit 400. FIG. 4D is a flowchart of the image control process of the first sub control unit 400.

  First, in step S401 in FIG. 9A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, an initialization process is first executed in step S401. In this initialization processing, initialization of input / output ports, initialization processing of a storage area in the RAM 408, and the like are performed. This initialization process takes about 30 seconds, for example.

  In step S403 following step S401, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S405. . In step S405, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

  In step S407 following step S405, command processing is performed. The CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400 determines whether a command has been received from the main control unit 300.

  In step S409 following step S407, an effect control process is performed. For example, when there is a new command in step S407, processing such as reading the effect data corresponding to this command from the ROM 406 is performed, and when the effect data needs to be updated, the effect data is updated.

  In step S411 subsequent to step S409, when it is detected that the chance button has been pressed, the effect data updated in step S409 is changed to effect data corresponding to the press of the chance button.

  In step S413 following step S411, if there is a command to the VDP 434 in the effect data read in step S409, this command is output to the VDP 434 (details will be described later).

  In step S415 subsequent to step S413, if there is a command to the sound source IC 416 in the effect data read in step S409, this command is output to the sound source IC 416.

  In step S417 following step S415, if there is a command to the various lamps 418 in the effect data read in step S409, this command is output to the drive circuit 420.

  In step S419 following step S417, if there is a command to the shielding device 246 in the effect data read in step S409, this command is output to the drive circuit 432.

  In step S421 following step S419, if there is a control command to be transmitted to the second sub-control unit 500 in the effect data read in step S409, the control command is set to be output, and the process returns to step S403. .

  Next, the command reception interrupt process of the first sub-control unit 400 will be described using FIG. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the first sub-control unit 400 detects a strobe signal output from the main control unit 300. In step S401 of the command reception interrupt process, the command output from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in a command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

  Next, the first sub control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms). Execute in the cycle. In step S601 of the first sub-control unit timer interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S403 in the first sub-control unit main process shown in FIG. Is stored in the timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S403, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10).

  In step S603 subsequent to step S601, transmission of a control command to the second sub-control unit 500 set in step S421 in the main process of the first sub-control unit 400, update processing of random numbers for other effects, and the like are performed.

  Next, the image control process in step S413 in the main process of the first sub-control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the flow of image control processing.

  In step S701, an instruction to transfer image data is issued. Here, the CPU 404 first swaps the designation of the display areas A and B in the VRAM 436. As a result, an image of one frame stored in the display area not designated as the drawing area is displayed on the decorative design display device 208. Next, the CPU 404 sets ROM coordinates (transfer source address of the ROM 406), VRAM coordinates (transfer destination address of the VRAM 436) and the like in the attribute register of the VDP 434 based on the position information table and the like, and then the image from the ROM 406 to the VRAM 436. Set an instruction to start data transfer. The VDP 434 transfers the image data from the ROM 406 to the VRAM 436 based on the command set in the attribute register. Thereafter, the VDP 436 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 404.

  In step S703 following step S701, it is determined whether or not a transfer end interrupt signal from the VDP 434 is input. If a transfer end interrupt signal is input, the process proceeds to step S705. Wait for the input signal to be input. In step S705, parameters are set based on the production scenario configuration table and attribute data. Here, in order to form a display image in the display area A or B of the VRAM 436 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 436 in step S701, the CPU 404 has information on the image data constituting the display image (coordinate axis and image size of the VRAM 436). , VRAM coordinates (arrangement coordinates, etc.) are instructed to the VDP 434. The VDP 434 sets parameters according to attributes based on instructions stored in the attribute register.

  In step S707 following step S705, a drawing instruction is performed. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 404 instructs the VDP 434 to start drawing an image. The VDP 434 starts drawing an image in the frame buffer in accordance with an instruction from the CPU 404.

  In step S709 subsequent to step S707, it is determined whether or not a generation end interrupt signal from the VDP 434 based on the end of image drawing is input. If a generation end interrupt signal is input, the process proceeds to step S611. Waits for the generation end interrupt signal to be input. In step S611, a scene display counter that is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 408 and counts how many scene images have been generated is incremented (+1), and the process ends.

  The process of the second sub control unit 500 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6A is a flowchart of main processing executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub-control unit 500. FIG. 7B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing of the second sub control unit 500. FIG. 8C is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process of the second sub control unit 500.

  First, in step S801 in FIG. 9A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, an initialization process is first executed in step S801. In this initialization processing, initial setting of input / output ports, initialization processing of a storage area in the RAM 508, and the like are performed.

  In step S803 following step S801, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S805. . In step S805, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

  In step S807 following step S805, command processing is performed. The CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500 determines whether a command has been received from the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400.

  In step S809 following step S807, effect control processing is performed. For example, if there is a new command in step S807, the effect data corresponding to this command is read from the ROM 506, and if the effect data needs to be updated, the effect data is updated.

  In step S811 following step S809, if there is a command from the first sub-control unit 400 to the game board lamp 532 or the game table frame lamp 542, the command is output to the serial communication control circuit 520.

  In step S813 following step S811, if there is a command from the first sub-control unit 400 to the effect movable body 224 or the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 (details will be described later), this command is output to the drive circuit 516. Then, the process returns to step S803.

  Next, the command reception interrupt process of the second sub control unit 500 will be described with reference to FIG. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the second sub control unit 500 detects the strobe signal output from the first sub control unit 400. In step S901 of the command reception interrupt process, the command output from the first sub control unit 400 is stored as an unprocessed command in a command storage area provided in the RAM 508.

  Next, the second sub control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500 will be described with reference to FIG. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms), and a timer interrupt process is performed in response to this timer interrupt. Execute in the cycle. In step S1001 of the second sub control unit timer interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 508 described in step S803 in the second sub control unit main process shown in FIG. Is stored in the timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S803, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10). In step S1003 of the second sub-control unit timer interrupt process, an effect random number update process is performed.

  Next, forcible end of the notice effect in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority variation game machine, and even if the special figure 2 variable game interrupts during the special figure 1 notice effect, the notice effect is continued. When the predetermined condition is satisfied, the notice effect is forcibly terminated.

  FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of a notice effect forced termination process in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. This notice effect forced termination process is executed, for example, in the command process (step S407) and the effect control process (step S409) in the first sub-control unit main process shown in FIG. Also, the notice effect forced termination process is executed by the first sub-control unit 400 controlling the RAM 408 and the like by the CPU 404. In the present embodiment, the notice effects to be forcibly terminated in the notice effect forced termination process are the special figure 1 prefetch effect and the special figure notice effect. The special figure 1 prefetch effect has a first prefetch effect and a second prefetch effect. Although details will be described later, the first prefetching effect is an effect using a background image displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the second prefetching effect is a hold display provided in the effect display area 208d. This is an effect using a hold display image displayed in the area. In addition, the special figure notice effect is an effect of notifying the result of the determination of whether or not the special figure 1 changing game is changing.

  In step S1101 of the notice effect forced termination process, it is first determined whether or not the notice effect is being executed. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 reads the values of the first prefetch effect flag, the second prefetch effect flag, and the special figure notice effect flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408, for example. If it is determined that the value is “1” and the notice effect is being executed, the process proceeds to step S1103. If it is determined that all the values of the flag are “0” and the notice effect is not being executed, step S1103 described later is performed. The notice effect forced termination process is terminated without executing step S1109. The first sub-control unit 400, for example, the special figure 1 prefetch effect based on information such as the types of special figures 1 and 2 included in the prefetch result information command transmitted from the main control part 300, the special figure number, and the stop symbol. Is determined from the main control unit 300 based on information such as the value of the 15R jackpot flag included in the symbol variation start command.

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 executes the special figure 1 pre-reading effect when the type is special figure 1 and the stop symbol is special figure A or special figure B, or the value of the 15R jackpot flag is 1. In order to execute the special figure notice effect when the big hit is won, the start time and end time of the effect, the effect mode, etc. are determined, and the first look-ahead provided in the predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 is determined. Among the effect flag, the second prefetch effect flag, and the special figure notice effect flag, the value of the flag to be executed is set to “1”. Thereby, the notice effect is set during execution. The first sub-control unit 400 sets all the values of the first prefetch effect flag, the second prefetch effect flag, and the special figure notice effect flag stored in the predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 to “0” when the notice effect end time elapses. To "". Thereby, the notice effect is set during non-execution. Further, when the first sub-control unit 400 determines to forcibly end the special figure 1 pre-reading effect described later, the value of the first pre-reading effect flag and / or the second pre-reading effect flag to be forcibly ended is set to “0”. To do. As a result, the special figure 1 pre-reading effect to be forcibly terminated is set during non-execution.

  In step S1103 following step S1101, it is determined whether or not the first forced termination condition is satisfied. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 pre-determines start-up information (a set of special figure 1 random values) that triggers the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 to perform special figure prefetching effects in step S305 of the special figure prefetching process. If it is determined that the predetermined period has elapsed since a certain time later, it is determined that the first forced termination condition has been satisfied, and the process proceeds to step S1105. If it is determined that the predetermined period has not elapsed since the specific time, the first forcing is determined. It is determined that the end condition is not satisfied, and the process proceeds to step S1107.

  The specific period is a period after the pre-reading of so-called hot hold that triggers the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect until the determination of whether or not the hold is true. The end time of the predetermined period is set to a time based on the elapse of a predetermined time. For example, a symbol set at a time immediately after the elapse of the predetermined time or executed when the predetermined time elapses. It may be set to the time when the variable stop display ends. More specifically, for example, the predetermined period is a period during which the special figure is displayed with a variable stop for a predetermined number of times, a period when the special figure 2 is displayed with a variable stop for a predetermined number of times, or the total variable stop display for the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 This is a period in which the number of times reaches the predetermined number of times, and a period in which the number of times of variable stop display in FIG. These predetermined times are determined in advance, for example.

  In the present embodiment, for example, when a special figure 2 variable game interrupt based on priority change occurs, a predetermined number of special figure variable games are counted from the first special figure 2 variable game. In addition, the end time of the predetermined period is set to the end time of the special figure variable game of the predetermined number of times. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 has a first forced termination condition determination counter (initial value is “0”) in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408. When the first sub-control unit 400 includes information related to the start of special figure 2 variation in the symbol variation start command transmitted from the main control unit 300 during execution of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, the priority variation of the special figure 2 is detected. It is determined that it has occurred, and 1 is added to the value of the first forced termination condition determination counter. Thereafter, the first sub-control unit 400 includes information related to the start of special figure 1 or special figure 2 in the symbol fluctuation start command transmitted from the main control unit 300 during execution of the special figure 1 prefetching effect. 1 is added to the value of the counter. When the value of the counter becomes equal to a predetermined number of times set in advance, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the value of the counter to “0”, and then a symbol variation stop command is transmitted from the main control unit 300. It is determined that the first forced termination condition has been satisfied.

  In step S1105 following step S1103, a first prefetch effect forced termination process is executed. For example, when the value of the first prefetch effect flag stored in the predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 is set to “0”, the first sub-control unit 400 continues the first prefetch effect and the first prefetch effect as the special figure 1 prefetch effect. Of the two pre-reading effects, only the first pre-reading effect is forcibly terminated before the execution of the start / failure determination of the start information (special figure 1 random value set) targeted for the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. In step S1105, when the second look-ahead effect is not being executed, the first sub-control unit 400 continues to maintain the value “0” of the second look-ahead effect flag.

  In step S1107 following step S1103, it is determined whether the second forced termination condition is satisfied. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 includes a command transmitted from the main control unit 300 including information that the winning / non-judgment result of the special figure variation game is won, and the control state is changed from the normal gaming state to the special gaming state. If it is determined that the transition is determined, it is determined that the second forcible termination condition is satisfied, and the process proceeds to step S1109. If it is determined that it is not determined to be performed, it is determined that the second forced termination condition is not satisfied, and the notice effect forced termination process is terminated.

  When the first sub-control unit 400 receives, for example, any one of the symbol stop command, the jackpot game start command, and the jackpot game first round (1R) start command transmitted from the main control unit 300, the normal gaming state It is determined that it is decided to shift to the special game state from Further, the first sub-control unit 400 may be configured to erase the special figure prefetching result information of the special figure variable game that has been put on hold from a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 based on the reception of these commands. At that time, the first sub-control unit 400 may also delete the hold number information from a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408. Alternatively, the first sub-control unit 400 may determine the hold number information based on reception of hold number information that is included in these commands, is included in these commands, or is transmitted almost simultaneously with these commands. The update may be performed by overwriting the hold number information.

  In step S1109 subsequent to step S1107, forcible termination processing of the first prefetch effect and the second prefetch effect or the special figure notice effect is executed. For example, when the first sub-reading effect flag and the second pre-reading effect flag stored in the predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 are set to “0”, the first sub-control unit 400 continues as the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. Both the first pre-reading effect and the second pre-reading effect are forcibly terminated before the start / fail judgment of the start information (special figure 1 random number set) targeted for the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. Alternatively, for example, when the value of the special figure notice effect flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 is set to “0”, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the special figure notice effect that continues as the notice effect. The figure is forcibly terminated before the end of the variable game. When the first sub-control unit 400 sets the value of the first and second look-ahead effect flags or the special figure notice effect flag to “0”, the notice effect forced end process ends.

  Next, a timing chart related to the notice effect will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 to 18 show various examples of timing charts related to the first look-ahead effect or the special figure notice effect of the notice effect. In each of FIGS. 13A to 18D, in order from the top in the figure, “Yoshimune zone” indicates a timing chart of the first look-ahead effect or the special figure notice effect, and “Special figure 1 variation” indicates the special figure. FIG. 1 shows a timing chart of the variable game, and “Special Figure 1 Start Information” indicates the time at which Special Figure 1 start information is acquired, that is, the time at which a special figure 1 random value pair is acquired. Represents the passage of time. Further, in each of FIGS. 13A to 18D, “ON” of “Yoshimune zone” indicates that the first look-ahead effect or the special figure notice effect is being executed, and “OFF” indicates the first. This indicates that the pre-reading effect or the special figure notice effect is not executed. “ON” of “Special Figure 1 Variation” indicates that the special Figure 1 variable game is being executed, and “OFF” indicates that the Special Figure 1 variable game is not being executed. In each of FIGS. 13A to 17B, the black rectangle in “Special Figure 1 Start Information” indicates the time when the Special Figure 1 start information is acquired.

  As shown in FIG. 13 (a), the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 sets a special figure 1 random number value acquired based on, for example, a game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. It is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the lottery is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t0s, and a time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed. Then, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. Hereinafter, except for FIG. 41, the reference sign of the start time of the special figure 1 variable game is indicated by adding “s” to the reference sign of the acquisition time of the special figure 1 start information that triggers the special figure 1 variable game. Then, the reference sign of the end time of the special figure 1 variable game is described by adding “e” to the reference sign of the acquisition time of the special figure 1 start information that triggers the special figure 1 variable game. For example, the reference sign of the start time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t0 is expressed as “t0s”, and the end time is expressed as “t0e”. Further, the reference sign of the start time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t1 is expressed as “t1s”, and the end time is expressed as “t1e”.

  As shown in FIG. 13 (a), the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t1, time t2, time t3, and time t4 in the execution period of this special figure 1 variable game (between time t0s and time t0e) is Each is prefetched. In the main control unit 300, for example, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the special figure acquired at time t4. For example, a pre-reading result information command including information that the preliminary determination result of 1 start information is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command, based on the fact that the pre-determination result includes special figure 1 start information whose special figure is special figure A, includes the execution start time, execution period, and execution time of the first prefetch effect. The end time and the production mode are determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect at approximately the same time as the start time t2s of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t2. Then, the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t4e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” in the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 is completed, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is incorrect (for example For example, the special symbol 1 variable game is started from the time t1s through the predetermined interval period from the time t0e, and the special graphic 1 is displayed at the time t1e after the predetermined time elapses. The special figure I is stopped and displayed on the device 212.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is incorrect (for example, For example, the special symbol 1 variable game is started from the time t2s after a predetermined interval period from the time t1e, and the special graphic 1 is displayed at the time t2e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed on the device 212. When the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol variation start command of the special figure 1 variable game transmitted from the main control unit 300, the first sub-control unit 400 starts the first look-ahead effect by the Yoshimune zone and is executing the special diagram 1 variable game. The first prefetching effect is continued. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the first look-ahead effect.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is incorrect (for example, For example, the special symbol 1 variable game is started from the time t3s after a predetermined interval period from the time t2e, and the special graphic 1 is displayed at the time t3e after the predetermined time elapses. The special figure I is stopped and displayed on the device 212. The first sub-control unit 400 continues the first prefetch effect during execution of the predetermined interval period and the special figure 1 variable game.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is completed, the main control unit 300 determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 is a big hit (for example, For example, the special symbol 1 variable game is started from the time t4s after a predetermined interval period from the time t3e, and the execution time of the previous four special graphic 1 variable games is determined. For example, the special figure 1 variable game is executed for a longer time, and the special figure A is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 at time t4e after a predetermined time elapses to notify that the jackpot is won. When the first sub-control unit 400 continues the first pre-reading effect during execution of the predetermined interval period and the special figure 1 variable game and receives the symbol variation stop command transmitted from the main control unit 300, the time t4e The first look-ahead effect ends at time te at approximately the same time. In order to end the first look-ahead effect, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to end the display of a predetermined Yoshimune image in the effect display area 208d.

  The timing chart shown in FIG. 13B is the same as the timing chart shown in FIG. 13A except that the start time of the first prefetch effect is different. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect at approximately the same time as the start time t1s of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1. Then, the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t4e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” in the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  The first sub-control unit 400 executes the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t1 to time t4 and the interval period provided between these special figure 1 variable games. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continuously execute the first prefetching effect.

  The timing chart shown in FIG. 14A is the same as the timing chart shown in FIG. 13A except that the start time of the first prefetch effect is different. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect from the start time t1s of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1 to the end time t1e. For example, the period is set to a time at which almost half has elapsed, and the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set to be approximately the same as the end time t4e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t4. It is supposed to be set. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” in the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  The first sub-control unit 400 starts the first look-ahead effect by the Yoshimune zone after a predetermined time has elapsed from the reception of the symbol variation start command of the special figure 1 variable game transmitted from the main control unit 300 and acquired at time t1, After that, during the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4, respectively, and the special figure 1 change based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1 to the time t4. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continuously execute the first prefetch effect during the interval period provided between the games.

  The timing chart shown in FIG. 14B is the same as the timing chart shown in FIG. 13A except that the start time of the first prefetch effect is different. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect from the start time t0s of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t0 to the end time t0e. A predetermined time after reception of the prefetch result information command including the pre-determined result of special figure A in FIG. 14 (in FIG. 14B, for example, a time at which almost half of the execution period of special figure 1 variable game has elapsed) And the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t4e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” in the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  The first sub-control unit 400 starts the first look-ahead effect by the Yoshimune zone after the elapse of a predetermined time from the reception of the symbol variation start command of the special figure 1 variable game transmitted from the main control unit 300 and acquired at time t0. Thereafter, during the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at each of the times t1 to t4, and the special figure 1 based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at each of the times t0 to t4. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so that the first prefetch effect is continuously executed during the interval period provided between the variable games.

  The timing chart shown in FIG. 15A is the same as the timing chart shown in FIG. 13A except that the start time of the first prefetch effect is different. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect at approximately the same time as the end time t1e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1. Then, the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t4e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” in the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  The first sub-control unit 400 executes the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information obtained from the time t2 to the time t4, respectively, and the special figure 1 obtained from the time t1 to the time t4. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so that the first prefetch effect is continuously executed during the interval period provided between the special figure 1 variable games based on the start information.

  The timing chart shown in FIG. 15B is the same as the timing chart shown in FIG. 13A except that the start time of the first prefetch effect is different. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect at substantially the same time as the end time t0e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t0. Then, the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t4e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” in the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  The first sub-control unit 400 receives the special figure 1 obtained during the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information obtained at the time t1 to the time t4 and at the time t0 to the time t4, respectively. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so that the first prefetch effect is continuously executed during the interval period provided between the special figure 1 variable games based on the start information.

  The timing chart shown in FIG. 16A is the same as the timing chart shown in FIG. 13A except that the start time of the first prefetch effect is different. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect to the interval period between the special figure 1 variable games based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1 and the time t2, respectively. Then, the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t4e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t4. For example, the start time ts of the first prefetch effect is the end time t1e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1, and the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2. It is set to the time when approximately half of the interval period from the start time t2s has elapsed. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to the “Yoshimune zone” which is an effect mode using, for example, an image of Yoshimune.

  The first sub-control unit 400, at the time t2 to the time t4, during the second half of the interval period between the special figure 1 variable games based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1 and the time t2, respectively. Interval provided between the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired during the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game based on the acquired special figure 1 start information and from the time t2 to the time t4, respectively. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled to continuously execute the first prefetching effect during the period.

  The timing chart shown in FIG. 16B is the same as the timing chart shown in FIG. 13A except that the start time of the first prefetch effect is different. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect to the interval period between the special figure 1 variable games based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t0 and the time t1, respectively. Then, the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t4e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t4. For example, the start time ts of the first prefetch effect is the end time t0e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 and the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1. It is set to the time when approximately half of the interval period from the start time t1s has elapsed. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to the “Yoshimune zone” which is an effect mode using, for example, an image of Yoshimune.

  The first sub-control unit 400 operates at time t1 to time t4 during the second half of the interval period between the special figure 1 variable games based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t0 and time t1, respectively. Interval provided between the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired during the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game based on the acquired special figure 1 start information and at time t1 to time t4, respectively. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled to continuously execute the first prefetching effect during the period.

  FIG. 17 (a) shows an example of a timing chart relating to the special figure notice effect when the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information stored first is so-called hot hold. As shown in FIG. 17A, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 sets the special figure 1 random number value acquired based on, for example, the game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. For example, the winning / non-winning determination result by random number lottery using is determined to be a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure A”), and the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t0s, for example, and acquired at time t0. The symbol variation start command including the information on the result of the determination on whether or not the special figure 1 is started is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes a special figure notice effect for notifying the validity judgment result of the special figure 1 variable game based on the fact that the judgment result is a jackpot. An execution start time, an execution period, an execution end time, and an effect mode are determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the special figure notice effect start time ts after a predetermined time has elapsed from the special figure 1 variable game start time t0s based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t0. It is set at a certain time ts, and the end time te of the special figure notice effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t0e of the special figure 1 variable game. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the special figure notice effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined Yoshimune image.

  Further, at the time t1, time t2, time t3, and time t4 between the time t0e and the time ts, the special figure 1 start information is acquired and prefetched. The preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at the times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t4. Transmits, for example, a prefetch result information command including information that is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special symbol A”) to the first sub-control unit 400.

  For example, after the time t4, the first sub control unit 400 executes a preliminary notice effect for shifting to the Yoshimune zone before receiving the prefetch result information command. For this reason, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure notice effect is already being executed even if the prefetch result information command includes information on the big hit pre-determination result, and the special figure A The first look-ahead effect based on is not set. The first sub-control unit 400 starts a special figure notice effect by the Yoshimune zone at time ts, and continues the special figure notice effect during execution of the special figure 1 variable game. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display, for example, an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the special figure notice effect of the effect mode by the “Yoshimune zone”. It is like that.

  The main control unit 300 stops and displays the special figure A, for example, on the special figure 1 display device 212 at time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed from time t0s to notify that it is a big hit, and issues a symbol variation stop command to the first sub-change command. It transmits to the control part 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to end the display of the image of the predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to end the special figure notice effect. It has become.

  The main control unit 300 executes the big hit game over a predetermined period from the time t0e. Thereafter, the main control unit 300 determines that the determination result of the randomness lottery using, for example, the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t1 is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t1s, and a symbol fluctuation start command including information on the result of determination of the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1, for example, is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

  The first sub-control unit 400 does not set the special figure notice effect because the received command includes information that the result of the determination is wrong.

  The main control unit 300 ends the special figure 1 variable game when a predetermined time elapses after the start of the special figure 1 variable game and a time t1e is reached. Although not shown, the main control unit 300 thereafter determines whether or not the special figure 1 variable game is successful by random lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2.

  In this example, so-called hot hold (holding of special figure variable game related to jackpot) exists in the first one, and this hot hold is the trigger for the notice effect, so the pachinko machine 100 uses the special figure 1 lookahead effect. Rather, the Yoshimune zone is used for the special figure notice effect that gives a notice of the result of the determination of whether or not the special figure variation game is currently being executed. In addition, in this example, a special figure 1 variable game is a big hit, so in order to make the special figure 1 variable game appear to be a plurality of fluctuations, the pachinko machine 100 starts with a special figure notice effect. It may be configured to execute a pseudo continuous notice (hereinafter may be abbreviated as “pseudo train”).

  FIG. 17 (b) shows that the special figure 1 variable game based on the first and the next two special figure 1 start information acquired is the so-called hot hold (special characteristic relating to the relatively long deviation of the symbol fluctuation time). The figure shows an example of a timing chart related to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect in the case of the figure variable game hold and the special figure variable game hold related to jackpot). As shown in FIG. 17B, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 sets the special figure 1 random number value acquired based on, for example, the game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. It is determined that a special symbol timer number having a relatively long symbol variation time is selected, for example, at a time t0s, although the result of the randomness lottery using the random number lottery is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special symbol I”). The special figure 1 variable game is started, and a symbol fluctuation start command including information on the stop symbol and the special figure timer number is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

  Since the information of the special figure timer number having a relatively long symbol variation time is included and the result of the determination as to whether it is special figure 1 variable game related to hot hold is out of date, the first sub-control unit 400 does not accept the special figure. A special figure notice effect for notifying the success / failure determination result of one variable game is not executed.

  At the time t1, time t2, time t3 and time t4 within a predetermined period after the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the special figure 1 start information is acquired and prefetched. For example, in the main control unit 300, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t1 is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure A”), and the special figure acquired at time t2 to time t4. For example, the pre-determination result information command including information that the pre-determination result of the start information is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing I”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes the information that the determination result is a big hit, based on the fact that the first prefetch effect execution start time, execution period, execution end time, and effect mode To decide. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines the start time ts of the first prefetch effect after the prior determination of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1 (for example, the prefetch result information The time ts within the period from the command reception) to the end time t0e, and the end time te of the first prefetch effect is set as the end time t1e of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1. The time is set almost at the same time. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” in the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  At time ts after a predetermined time has elapsed since the reception of the prefetching result information command, the first sub-control unit 400 starts the first prefetching effect by the Yoshimune zone, and the special figure based on the special figure 1 starting information acquired at time t0. The first look-ahead effect is continued during the execution of the one variation game.

  The main control unit 300 informs that the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 at the time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed from the time t0s, and notifies the symbol variation stop command to the first sub-control. To the unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to continue displaying the image of the predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d without ending the first look-ahead effect even when the command is received. .

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 is completed, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not the result of random determination using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is a big hit (for example, stop For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started at time t1s after a predetermined interval period from time t0e. After that, the main control unit 300 stops and displays the special figure A on the special figure 1 display device 212 at time t1e after a predetermined time has elapsed, and notifies that it is a big hit, and also issues a symbol variation stop command to the first sub control part 400. To send to. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to continue the effect mode by the Yoshimune zone during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game. In order to end the pre-reading effect, the decorative design display device 208 is controlled so as to end the display of the image of the predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d.

  The main control unit 300 executes a big hit game for a predetermined period from the time t1e. Thereafter, the main control unit 300 determines that the success / failure determination result by random lottery using the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t2, for example, is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t2s, and a symbol fluctuation start command including information on the result of determination of the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t2, for example, is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

  The first sub-control unit 400 does not set the first pre-reading effect because the received command includes information that the determination result is out of order.

  The main control unit 300 ends the special figure 1 variable game when a predetermined time elapses after the start of the special figure 1 variable game and time t2e is reached. Although illustration is omitted, after that, the main control unit 300 determines whether the special figure 1 variable game is successful or not by random lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3.

  In this example, when the special figure 1 variable game based on the first and the next two special figure 1 start information acquired is both hot on hold, the second special figure 1 variable game is a trigger for the notice effect. It has become. The player who thought that the Yoshimune zone would end with the end of the first special figure 1 floating game has the expectation that the next special figure 1 variable game may become a big hit by the continuation of the Yoshimune zone, In some cases, the interest can be improved.

  FIG. 18 shows various examples of the end time of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect or the special figure notice effect. In FIG. 18 (a) to FIG. 18 (d), the special figure 1 variable game executed between the time t1s and the time t1e is the trigger for the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect or the special figure notice effect (Yoshimune zone). This is based on the special figure 1 starting information.

  FIG. 18A exemplifies the operation timing at which the end time te of the special figure 1 prefetch effect or the like coincides with the end time t1e of the special figure 1 variable game that triggered the start of the special figure 1 prefetch effect or the like. ing. FIG. 18B shows the end of the Yoshimune zone after the elapse of the special figure 1 variable game end time t1e at the start of the special figure 1 look-ahead effect, etc., and before the start of the next special figure 1 variable game (not shown). The operation timing when the time te is set is illustrated. For example, the end time te of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect or the like is set to an interval period between the special figure 1 variable game at the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect or the like and the next special figure variable game.

  FIG. 18C illustrates the operation timing in which the end time te of the special figure 1 prefetch effect etc. is set a predetermined time before the end time t1e of the special figure 1 variable game at the start of the special figure 1 prefetch effect. doing. For example, the end time te of the special symbol 1 prefetching effect or the like is set immediately before the start of the fluctuation of the symbol in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. FIG. 18D shows the execution period of the next special figure 1 variable game after the elapse of the special figure 1 variable game end time t1e at the start timing of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect or the like (from the start time t2s to the end time t2e). The operation timing at which the end time te of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect or the like is set during the period until () is illustrated. For example, the end time te of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect or the like is set immediately after the start of the special figure variable game following the special figure 1 variable game at the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect or the like.

  As shown in FIGS. 18 (a) to 18 (d), the end time of the first look-ahead effect or the special drawing notice effect can be set to various times. For example, when capturing the end time in the sense of the first prefetching effect or the special figure notice effect, it is not preferable that these effects are executed until the next special figure variable game. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 18A and FIG. 18C, the end time is during execution of the special figure 1 variable game or the end time of the special figure 1 variable game that triggered the execution of these effects. It is desirable to be set at the same time. Also, in the case of capturing the end time in the sense of hot production based on the special figure 1 start information, as shown in FIGS. 18B and 18D, the end time is determined by the execution timing of these effects. It may be continued until the end of the special figure 1 variable game.

  Next, a timing chart relating to the forced termination of the notice effect will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 to 23 show various examples of timing charts related to the forcible end of the notice effect. In each of FIG. 19 to FIG. 21 and FIG. 23, “Yoshimune zone” indicates a timing chart of the first look-ahead effect or the special figure notice effect, and “Special figure 1 fluctuation” is the special figure 1 fluctuation in order from the top in the figure. A timing chart of the game is shown, "Special Figure 2 Variation" indicates a timing chart of the Special Figure 2 Variation Game, and "Special Figure 1 Start Information" indicates the time when the Special Figure 1 start information is acquired, that is, Special Figure 1 random value "Special figure 2 start information" indicates the time at which special figure 2 start information is acquired, that is, the time at which a special figure 2 random value set is acquired. Represents the passage of time. Further, in each of FIG. 22A and FIG. 22B, in order from the top in the figure, “special game state” shows a timing chart of the control state, and “Yoshimune zone” to “special figure 2 start information” Shows the same contents as “Yoshimune Zone” to “Special Figure 2 Starting Information” in FIG. 19, and represents the passage of time from left to right in the figure. Further, in each of FIGS. 19 to 23, “ON” of “Yoshimune zone” represents that the first prefetching effect or special figure notice effect is being executed, and “OFF” represents the first prefetching effect or special figure notice. This indicates that the production has not been executed. “ON” of “Special Figure 1 Variation” indicates that the special Figure 1 variable game is being executed, and “OFF” indicates that the Special Figure 1 variable game is not being executed. “ON” of “special figure 2 variation” indicates that the special figure 2 variable game is being executed, and “OFF” indicates that the special figure 2 variable game is not being executed. In each of FIG. 22A and FIG. 22B, “ON” in “special gaming state” indicates that the control state is the special gaming state, and “OFF” indicates that the control state is not the special gaming state. This indicates that the game state is normal. Further, in each of FIGS. 19 to 23, the black rectangles in “Special Figure 1 Start Information” and “Special Figure 2 Start Information” indicate the time when Special Figure 1 Start Information or Special Figure 2 Start Information was acquired. Yes.

  As shown in FIG. 19, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 uses the special figure 1 start information acquired based on the fact that the game ball passes through the special figure 1 start port 230 at time t0, for example. For example, the special symbol 1 variable game is started from the time t0s, and the special graph 1 is displayed at the time t0e after a predetermined time elapses. The special figure I is stopped and displayed on the device 212.

  The special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1, the time t2, the time t3, and the time t4 in the execution period (between the time t0s and the time t0e) of the special figure 1 variable game is prefetched. In the main control unit 300, for example, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at, for example, times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure acquired at time t4. For example, a pre-reading result information command including information that the pre-determination result of 1 start information is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes the execution start time, the execution period, and the execution end time of the first prefetch effect based on the fact that the special determination 1 start information whose pre-determination result is a big hit is included. And the production mode is determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect from the start time t0s of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t0 to the end time t0e. Set to a predetermined time after reception of a prefetch result information command including a pre-determined result of jackpot (in FIG. 19, for example, a time at which approximately half of the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game has passed) The end time of the first prefetch effect is set to be substantially the same as the end time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  When the start time ts of the first prefetch effect is reached, the first sub-control unit 400 starts the first prefetch effect by the Yoshimune zone and continues the first prefetch effect during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the first look-ahead effect.

  Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a first forced termination condition for the notice effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 can determine that the predetermined period has elapsed from a specific time after making a prior determination of the special figure 1 start information that triggers the first look-ahead effect. A predetermined period is set. For example, the specific time is, for example, the first special figure 2 variable game within the period after the pre-reading using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 and before the judgment of the special figure 1 start information is determined. Set when a change start command is received. The predetermined period is set to a period in which the special figure 2 variable game is executed six times. The end time of the predetermined period is at the end of the sixth special figure 2 variable game, that is, after the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol fluctuation stop command. Thus, in this example, the predetermined period is set in association with the number of changes in the special figure 2 variable game after the interruption operation of the special figure 2 variable game due to the special figure 2 priority change. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a second forced termination condition for the first prefetch effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the satisfaction condition for the second forced termination to the reception of the symbol variation stop command for the special figure variable game related to the jackpot executed after the elapse of the specific time in the first forced termination condition.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is incorrect (for example, stoppage) For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t1s after a predetermined interval period from time t0e, and at time t1e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 212. The first sub-control unit 400 continues the first look-ahead effect during the special figure 1 variable game executed during the interval period and the period from the time t1s to the time t1e.

  At time t5, time t6, time t7, and time t8 in the execution period of this special figure 1 variable game (between time t1s and time t1e), special figure 2 start information is acquired. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. For this reason, the pachinko machine 100 notifies the result of the success / failure determination based on the special figure 2 start information (the special figure 2 random value set) stored in the special figure 2 random value storage area, and the special figure 1 random value storage area. Is performed in preference to the notification of the result of the determination of success / failure based on the special figure 1 starting information (special figure 1 random number set) stored in FIG. More specifically, in the pachinko machine 100, the starting information that has not been determined to be correct by the correctness determining means is the special figure 1 random number of the special figure 1 random value storage area and the special figure 2 random value storage area. When new special figure 2 start information is stored in the special figure 2 random value storage area while being stored only in the numerical value storage area, a new special figure 2 start is stored in the special figure 2 random value storage area. The notification of the result of the determination based on the information is performed prior to the notification of the result of the determination based on the special figure 1 starting information already stored in the special figure 1 random value storage area. The pachinko machine 100 uses, for example, the special figure 2 display device 214 and the decorative symbol display device 208 as means for notifying the result of the determination of success / failure.

  For this reason, the main control unit 300 acquires the special map 2 acquired at the time t5 to the time t8 prior to the determination of whether or not the special map 1 start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4 that is earlier than the time t5. The start / failure determination of the start information is executed. For example, the main control unit 300 determines that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, from the time t1e. The special figure 2 variable game is started from the time t5s after a predetermined interval period, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at the time t5e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only once at the time t5e (the notice effect forced termination process shown in FIG. 12). In step S1103, it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but out of order and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (step S1107 in the notice effect forced termination process). The first look-ahead effect is continued during the variable game in FIG. Also, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t9 within the interval period.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started at time t6s after a predetermined interval period from time t6e, and at time t6e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only twice at time t6e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). ), It is determined that the result of the determination is not a big hit but a failure and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game are determined. Continue the first look-ahead production. Also, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t10 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game.

  Thereafter, whether or not to determine whether or not the time t7 to time t9 is satisfied is determined, for example, that the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Illustration I”), and the special determination acquired at time t5 or time t6. 2 is processed in the same manner as the start information, and the special figure 2 variable game is executed. Since the special figure 2 variable game is executed only five times at time t9e (not shown), the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the first forced termination condition is not satisfied (notice effect) In step S1103 of the forced termination process, the first prefetch effect is maintained.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t9 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t10 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t10s after a predetermined interval period from time t9e, and at time t10e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. The special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t11 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game.

  Although the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 that triggered the execution of the first prefetch effect at the time t10e has not been determined to be correct, the first sub-control unit 400, for example, at the time t10s It is determined that the variable game has been executed six times and the first forced termination condition has been satisfied (Yes in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first look-ahead effect is forcibly terminated at time te at approximately the same time as time t10e. (Step S1105 of the notice effect forced termination process). Thus, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment digests the special figure 1 start information that triggered the start of the first look-ahead effect when the number of executions of the special figure 2 variable game reaches the set number of times. The first prefetch effect is ended before.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t10 is completed, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t11 is incorrect (for example, stop) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t11s after a predetermined interval period from time t10e, and at time t11e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game.

  At the time when the special figure 2 variable game at the acquisition time t11 ends, the number of suspensions of the special figure 2 variable game is 0, so the main control unit 300 changes the special figure 2 fluctuation based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t11. When the game ends, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”). After the interval period, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t2s, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 at the time t2e after a predetermined time has elapsed. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game.

  Since the new special figure 2 start information is not acquired during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game execution period, the main control unit 300 changes the special figure 1 change based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2. When the game ends, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, a predetermined value from the time t2e. After the interval period, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t3s, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 at the time t3e after a predetermined time has elapsed. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game.

  Since the new special figure 2 start information is not acquired during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game execution period, the main control unit 300 changes the special figure 1 change based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3. When the game ends, it is determined that the success / failure determination result by random number lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure A”), and for example, a predetermined value from time t3e After the interval period, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t4s, and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure A is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 to notify that the jackpot has been won. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game. In the special figure 1 variable game related to the jackpot, the effect in the notice exclusive mode by the Yoshimune zone is performed. It is not executed.

  FIG. 20 shows another example of a timing chart relating to forced termination of the notice effect. As shown in FIG. 20A, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 uses the special figure 1 start information acquired based on, for example, the game ball passing through the special figure 1 start port 230 at time t0. For example, the special symbol 1 variable game is started from the time t0s, and the special determination is made at the time t0e after a predetermined time elapses. 1 is stopped and displayed on the display device 212.

  The special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1, the time t2, the time t3, and the time t4 in the execution period (between the time t0s and the time t0e) of the special figure 1 variable game is prefetched. In the main control unit 300, for example, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. A pre-reading result information command including information that the advance determination result of the start information is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes the execution start time, the execution period, and the execution end time of the first prefetch effect based on the fact that the special determination 1 start information whose pre-determination result is a big hit is included. And the production mode is determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect at approximately the same time as the start time t1s of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1. Then, the end time of the first prefetch effect is set to substantially the same time as the end time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the first look-ahead effect.

  Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a first forced termination condition for the notice effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 can determine that the predetermined period has elapsed from a specific time after making a prior determination of the special figure 1 start information that triggers the first look-ahead effect. A predetermined period is set. In this example, the specific time and the predetermined period are set to be the same as the timing chart shown in FIG. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the second forced end condition of the notice effect to the same condition as the condition in the example of the timing chart shown in FIG.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is incorrect (for example, stoppage) For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t1s after a predetermined interval period from time t0e, and at time t1e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 212. In addition, the main control unit 300 transmits a symbol variation start command of the special figure 1 variable game to the first sub control unit 400 at time t1s. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command starts the first prefetch effect at time ts and continues the first prefetch effect during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game.

  At time t5 and time t6 in the execution period of this special figure 1 variable game (between time t1s and time t1e), special figure 2 start information is acquired. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. For this reason, the main controller 300 acquires the special map 2 acquired at the time t5 and the time t6 prior to the validity determination of the special chart 1 start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4, which is a time earlier than the time t5. The start / failure determination of the start information is executed. For example, the main control unit 300 determines that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, from the time t1e. The special figure 2 variable game is started from the time t5s after a predetermined interval period, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at the time t5e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only once at the time t5e (the notice effect forced termination process shown in FIG. 12). In step S1103, it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but out of order and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (step S1107 in the notice effect forced termination process). FIG. 2 The first prefetch effect is continued during the variable game. At time t7 and time t8 in the execution period of this special figure 2 variable game (between time t5s and time t5e), special figure 2 start information is acquired.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t6s through a predetermined interval period from time t5e, and at time t6e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only twice at time t6e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). ), It is determined that the result of the determination is not a big hit but a failure and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game are determined. Continue the first look-ahead production. Also, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t9 within the interval period and at time t10 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game.

  Thereafter, whether or not to determine whether or not the time t7 to time t9 is satisfied is determined, for example, that the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Illustration I”), and the special determination acquired at time t5 or time t6. 2 is processed in the same manner as the start information, and the special figure 2 variable game is executed. Since the special figure 2 variable game is executed only five times at the time t9e (not shown), the first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition (the notice effect forced termination process). No) in step S1103), it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit and is out of place and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first look-ahead effect is performed. maintain.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t9 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t10 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t10s after a predetermined interval period from time t9e, and at time t10e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. The special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t11 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game.

  Although the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 that triggered the execution of the first prefetch effect at the time t10e has not been determined to be correct, the first sub-control unit 400, for example, at the time t10s It is determined that the variable game is executed six times and the first forced termination condition is satisfied (Yes in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first prefetch effect is forcibly terminated at time te at substantially the same time as time t10e. (Step S1105 of the notice effect forced termination process). Thus, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment digests the special figure 1 start information that triggered the start of the first look-ahead effect when the number of executions of the special figure 2 variable game reaches the set number of times. The first prefetch effect is ended before.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t10 is completed, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t11 is incorrect (for example, stop) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t11s after a predetermined interval period from time t10e, and at time t11e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game.

  At the time when the special figure 2 variable game at the acquisition time t11 ends, the number of suspensions of the special figure 2 variable game is 0, so the main control unit 300 changes the special figure 2 fluctuation based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t11. When the game ends, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”). After the interval period, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t2s, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 at the time t2e after a predetermined time has elapsed. In the first prefetch effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game.

  Since the new special figure 2 start information is not acquired during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game execution period, the main control unit 300 changes the special figure 1 change based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2. When the game ends, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, a predetermined value from the time t2e. After the interval period, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t3s, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 at the time t3e after a predetermined time has elapsed. In the first prefetch effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game.

  Since the new special figure 2 start information is not acquired during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game execution period, the main control unit 300 changes the special figure 1 change based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3. When the game ends, it is determined that the success / failure determination result by random number lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure A”), and for example, a predetermined value from time t3e After the interval period, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t4s, and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure A is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 to notify that the jackpot has been won. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game, and in the special figure 1 variable game related to the jackpot, the effect in the notice-only mode by the Yoshimune zone is performed. It is not executed.

  In FIG. 20 (b), “one special figure 1 variable game → multiple special figure 2 variable game interrupt → one special figure 1 variable game → multiple special figure 2 variable game interrupt → special figure” A timing chart of “1 prefetch effect compulsory termination” will be described. As shown in FIG. 20 (b), the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 sets the special figure 1 random number value acquired based on, for example, a game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. For example, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the lottery is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t0s, and a time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed. Then, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212.

  The special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1, the time t2, the time t3, and the time t4 in the execution period (between the time t0s and the time t0e) of the special figure 1 variable game is prefetched. In the main control unit 300, for example, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. A pre-reading result information command including information that the advance determination result of the start information is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes the execution start time, the execution period, and the execution end time of the first prefetch effect based on the fact that the special determination 1 start information whose pre-determination result is a big hit is included. And the production mode is determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect as the start time of the special figure variable game that is first executed after the prior determination of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 (this example) Is set at substantially the same time as the start time (t1s), and the end time of the first prefetch effect is set to be approximately the same as the end time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. . Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the first look-ahead effect.

  Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a first forced termination condition for the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 can determine that the predetermined period has elapsed from a specific time after making a prior determination of the special figure 1 start information that triggers the first look-ahead effect. A predetermined period is set. For example, the specific time is, for example, the first special figure 2 fluctuation within a period after the pre-reading using the special figure 1 random value set at the acquisition time t4 and before the determination of whether the special figure 1 random value set is valid or not. It is set when a game symbol change start command is received. The predetermined period is set to a period in which the special figure 2 variable game is executed a total of eight times. The end time of the predetermined period is at the end of the eighth special figure 2 variable game, that is, after the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol fluctuation stop command. Thus, in this example, the predetermined period is set in association with the number of changes in the special figure 2 variable game after the interruption operation of the special figure 2 variable game due to the special figure 2 priority change. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a second forced termination condition for the first prefetch effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets, as the second forced termination condition, the reception of the special symbol variation game symbol variation stop command related to the jackpot executed after the elapse of a specific time in the first forced termination condition.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is incorrect (for example, stoppage) The special symbol I)) is determined, and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t1s through a predetermined interval period from the time t0e, and the special graphic 1 display device 212 at the time t1e after the predetermined time has elapsed. Special figure I is stopped and displayed. When the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol variation start command for the special figure 1 variable game transmitted from the main control unit 300, the first sub control unit 400 starts the first prefetch effect at the time ts, and the first sub control unit 400 is also in the special figure 1 variable game. Continue prefetching.

  At time t5, time t6, and time t7 in the execution period of this special figure 1 variable game (between time t1s and time t1e), special figure 2 start information is acquired. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 starts the special figure 2 acquired at the time t5 to the time t7 prior to the determination of whether or not the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4 that is earlier than the time t5. Determine whether the information is correct. For example, the main control unit 300 determines that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, from the time t1e. The special figure 2 variable game is started from the time t5s after a predetermined interval period, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at the time t5e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only once at the time t5e (the notice effect forced termination process shown in FIG. 12). In step S1103, it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but out of order and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (step S1107 in the notice effect forced termination process). The first look-ahead effect is continued during the variable game in FIG. Further, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t8 within the interval period.

  Thereafter, whether or not to determine whether or not the time t6 and time t7 are satisfied, both of which are determined to be incorrect (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure 2 start acquired at time t5. The special figure 2 variable game is executed in the same manner as the information. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only three times at the time t7e (in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). No), it is determined that the result of the determination is not a big hit and is out of place and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first look-ahead effect is maintained.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t7 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8 is incorrect (for example, the stop The symbol is “Special Figure I”) and, for example, the special figure 2 variable game from time t8s through a predetermined interval period from the end time of the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t7. The special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at time t8e after a predetermined time has elapsed. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only four times at time t8e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). ), It is determined that the result of the determination is not a big hit but a failure and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game are determined. Continue the first look-ahead production. The special figure 2 start information is not acquired within the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game execution period, and the special figure 2 holding number is zero. Therefore, the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is executed next.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8 is completed, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is incorrect (for example, stopped) For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started at time t2s after a predetermined interval period from time t8e, and at time t2e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 212. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only five times at the time t2e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). ), It is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but is out of place and the second forced end condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced end process), and from the interval period and time t2s to time t2e The first look-ahead effect is continued during the special figure 1 variable game executed during this period. Also, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t9, time t10, time t11 and time t12 within the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game.

  Since the pachinko machine 100 has acquired the special figure 2 start information again, the special figure 2 acquired at the time t9 to the time t12 before executing the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3. The special figure 2 variable game based on the start information is executed.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t9 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started at time t9s after a predetermined interval period from time t2e, and at time t9e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only six times at the time t9e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). ), It is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but is out of place and the second forced end condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced end process), and the interval period and from time t9s to time t9e The first look-ahead effect is continued during the special figure 2 variable game executed during this period.

  Thereafter, whether or not to determine whether or not the time t10 and time t11 are satisfied is determined. For example, it is determined that the result of the determination is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure 2 start acquired at time t9. The special figure 2 variable game is executed in the same manner as the information. Since the special figure 2 variable game is executed only seven times at the time t11e, the first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition (step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). No), it is determined that the result of the determination is not a big hit and is out of place and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first look-ahead effect is maintained.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t11 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t12 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t12s after a predetermined interval period from time t11e, and at time t12e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214.

  Although the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 that triggered the execution of the first look-ahead effect at the time t12e has not been determined to be correct, the first sub-control unit 400, for example, at the time t12s It is determined that the variable game has been executed eight times and the first forced termination condition has been satisfied (Yes in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first look-ahead effect is forcibly terminated at time te at approximately the same time as time t12e. (Step S1105 of the notice effect forced termination process). Thus, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has received the special figure 1 start information that triggered the start of the first look-ahead effect because the number of executions of the special figure 2 variable game has reached the predetermined number of times. The first look-ahead effect ends before digestion.

  At the time when the special figure 2 variable game at the acquisition time t12 ends, the special figure 2 variable game is not put on hold, so the main control unit 300 performs the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t12. Upon completion, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, a predetermined interval period from time t12e. After that, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t3s, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 at a time t3e after a predetermined time has elapsed. In the first prefetch effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game.

  Since the new special figure 2 start information is not acquired during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game execution period, the main control unit 300 displays the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3. Is completed, it is determined that the success / failure determination result by random number lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure A”), and for example, a predetermined interval from time t3e After a period of time, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t4s, and after a predetermined time has elapsed, special figure A is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 to notify that the jackpot has been won. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game. In the special figure 1 variable game related to the jackpot, the effect in the notice exclusive mode by the Yoshimune zone is performed. It is not executed.

  FIG. 21 shows another example of a timing chart relating to forced termination of the notice effect. In FIG. 21A, “one special figure 1 variable game → multiple special figure 2 variable game interrupt → one special figure 1 variable game → one special figure 2 variable game interrupt → one time” The operation timing of “Special Figure 1 Floating Game → Forced End of Special Figure 1 Prefetching” will be described. As shown in FIG. 21 (a), the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 sets the special figure 1 random number value acquired based on, for example, a game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. For example, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the lottery is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t0s, and a time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed. Then, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212.

  The special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1, the time t2, the time t3, and the time t4 in the execution period (between the time t0s and the time t0e) of the special figure 1 variable game is prefetched. In the main control unit 300, for example, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. A pre-reading result information command including information that the advance determination result of the start information is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes the execution start time, the execution period, and the execution end time of the first prefetch effect based on the fact that the special determination 1 start information whose pre-determination result is a big hit is included. And the production mode is determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect as the start time of the special figure variable game that is executed first after the prior determination of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 (this example) Is set at substantially the same time as the start time (t1s), and the end time of the first prefetch effect is set to be approximately the same as the end time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. . Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the first look-ahead effect.

  Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a first forced termination condition for the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 can determine that the predetermined period has elapsed from a specific time after making a prior determination of the special figure 1 start information that triggers the first look-ahead effect. A predetermined period is set. For example, the specific time is, for example, the first special figure 2 fluctuation within a period after the pre-reading using the special figure 1 random value set at the acquisition time t4 and before the determination of whether the special figure 1 random value set is valid or not. It is set when a game symbol change start command is received. In addition, the predetermined period is set to a period during which a total of seven special figure variable games (which may be either special figure 1 variable game or special figure 2 variable game) are counted from the first special figure 2 variable game. Is done. The end time of the predetermined period is at the end of the seventh special symbol variation game, that is, after the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol variation stop command. In this way, in this example, the predetermined period is associated with the total number of changes in the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games after the special figure 2 variable game interrupt operation due to the special figure 2 priority fluctuation has occurred. Is set. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a second forced termination condition for the first prefetch effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets, as the second forced termination condition, the reception of the special symbol variation game symbol variation stop command related to the jackpot executed after the elapse of a specific time in the first forced termination condition.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 ends, the main control unit 300 loses the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 (for example, the stop symbol) Is a special figure I)), and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from the time t1s after a predetermined interval period from the time t0e, and the special figure 1 display device 212 is displayed at the time t1e after the predetermined time has elapsed. Special figure I is stopped and displayed. When the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol variation start command for the special figure 1 variable game transmitted from the main control unit 300, the first sub-control unit 400 starts the first look-ahead effect at the time ts. Continue prefetching.

  At time t5, time t6, and time t7 in the execution period of this special figure 1 variable game (between time t1s and time t1e), special figure 2 start information is acquired. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 starts the special figure 2 acquired at the time t5 to the time t7 prior to the determination of whether or not the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4 that is earlier than the time t5. Determine whether the information is correct. For example, the main control unit 300 determines that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, from the time t1e. The special figure 2 variable game is started from the time t5s after a predetermined interval period, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at the time t5e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The first sub control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure variable game is executed only once at the time t5e (step of the notice effect forced termination process shown in FIG. 12). No in S1103), it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but out of order and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in Step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and from the interval period and time t5s The first look-ahead effect is continued even during the special figure 1 variable game executed during the period up to time t5e. Further, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t8 within the interval period.

  Thereafter, whether or not to determine whether or not the time t6 and time t7 are satisfied, both of which are determined to be incorrect (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure 2 start acquired at time t5. The special figure 2 variable game is executed in the same manner as the information. Since the special figure 2 variable game is executed only three times at the time t7e, the first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition (step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). No), it is determined that the result of the determination is not a big hit and is out of place and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first look-ahead effect is maintained.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t7 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8 is incorrect (for example, the stop The symbol is “Special Figure I”) and, for example, the special figure 2 variable game from time t8s through a predetermined interval period from the end time of the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t7. The special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at time t8e after a predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure 2 start information is not acquired within the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game execution period, and the special figure 2 holding number is zero. Therefore, the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is executed next.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8 is completed, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is incorrect (for example, stopped) For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started at time t2s after a predetermined interval period from time t8e, and at time t2e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 212. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure variable game is executed only five times at the time t2e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). Therefore, it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but a failure and the second forced end condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced end process), and the interval period and from the time t2s to the time t2e are determined. The first look-ahead effect is continued during the special figure 1 variable game executed during the period. Also, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t9 within the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game.

  Since the pachinko machine 100 has acquired the special figure 2 start information again, before executing the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3, the pachinko machine 100 includes the special figure 2 start information acquired at the time t9. Based on the special figure 2 variable game is executed.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t9 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started at time t9s after a predetermined interval period from time t2e, and at time t9e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure variable game is executed only 6 times at the time t9e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). Therefore, it is determined that the result of the determination is not a big hit but a failure and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the interval period and from time t9s to time t9e are determined. The first look-ahead effect is continued during the special figure 2 variable game executed during the period.

  The special figure 2 start information is not acquired within the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game execution period, and the special figure 2 holding number is zero. Therefore, the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is executed next.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t9 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started at time t3s after a predetermined interval period from time t9e, and at time t3e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 212.

  Although the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 that triggered the execution of the first prefetch effect at the time t3e has not been determined to be correct, the first sub-control unit 400 changes the special figure at the time t3s, for example. It is determined that the game has been executed seven times and the first forced termination condition has been satisfied (Yes in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first prefetch effect is forcibly terminated at time te at approximately the same time as time t3e. (Step S1105 of the notice effect forced termination process). As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has reached the predetermined number of executions of the special figure 1 variable game and the special figure 2 variable game after the interruption of the special figure 2 variable game. The first prefetch effect is ended before digesting the special figure 1 start information that triggered the start of the one prefetch effect.

  At the time when the special figure 1 variable game at the acquisition time t3 is completed, the special figure 2 variable game is not put on hold, so the main control unit 300 determines whether or not it is successful by random lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4. For example, it is determined that the result is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special chart A”), and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t4s through a predetermined interval period from time t3e, and the special chart is displayed after a predetermined time has elapsed. The special display A is stopped and displayed on the 1 display device 212 to notify that the jackpot is won. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game, and in the special figure 1 variable game related to the jackpot, the effect in the notice-only mode by the Yoshimune zone is performed. It is not executed.

  In FIG. 21 (b), before the first special figure 1 variable game after the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is started, a plurality of special figure 2 variable games are interrupted and the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is forcibly terminated. The timing chart of being performed will be described. As shown in FIG. 21B, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 sets the special figure 1 random number value acquired based on, for example, the game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. For example, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the lottery is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t0s, and the time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed Then, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212.

  The special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1, the time t2, the time t3, and the time t4 in the execution period (between the time t0s and the time t0e) of the special figure 1 variable game is prefetched. In the main control unit 300, for example, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. A pre-reading result information command including information that the advance determination result of the start information is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes the execution start time, the execution period, and the execution end time of the first prefetch effect based on the fact that the special determination 1 start information whose pre-determination result is a big hit is included. And the production mode is determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 substantially matches the start time ts of the first prefetch effect with the start time of the special figure variable game that is executed first after the advance determination of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4. The end time of the first look-ahead effect is set to approximately the same time as the end time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the first look-ahead effect.

  Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a first forced termination condition for the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 can determine that the predetermined period has elapsed from a specific time after making a prior determination of the special figure 1 start information that triggers the first look-ahead effect. A predetermined period is set. For example, the specific time is, for example, the first special figure 2 fluctuation within a period after the pre-reading using the special figure 1 random value set at the acquisition time t4 and before the determination of whether the special figure 1 random value set is valid or not. It is set when a game symbol change start command is received. In addition, the predetermined period is set to a period in which a total of five special figure variable games (which can be either special figure 1 variable game or special figure 2 variable game) are counted from the first special figure 2 variable game. Is done. The end time of the predetermined period is at the end of the fifth special symbol variation game, that is, after the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol variation stop command. In this way, in this example, the predetermined period is associated with the total number of changes in the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games after the special figure 2 variable game interrupt operation due to the special figure 2 priority fluctuation has occurred. Is set. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a second forced termination condition for the first prefetch effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets, as the second forced termination condition, the reception of the special symbol variation game symbol variation stop command related to the jackpot executed after the elapse of a specific time in the first forced termination condition.

  As shown in FIG. 21 (b), the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t5 after the time t0e and before the start of the next special figure variable game. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. For this reason, the pachinko machine 100 determines whether or not the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t5 prior to the determination of whether or not the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t2 to time t4, which is earlier than the time t5. Make a decision. For example, the main control unit 300 determines that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, from the time t1e. The special figure 2 variable game is started from the time t5s after a predetermined interval period, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at the time t5e after the predetermined time has elapsed.

  When the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol variation start command of the special figure 2 variable game transmitted from the main control unit 300, the first sub-control unit 400 starts the first pre-reading effect at the time ts substantially the same time as the time t5s. FIG. 2 The first prefetch effect is continued during the variable game. The first sub control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure variable game is executed only once at the time t5e (step of the notice effect forced termination process shown in FIG. 12). No in S1103), it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but out of order and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in Step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and from the interval period and time t5s The first look-ahead effect is continued even during the special figure 2 variable game executed in the period up to time t5e. Also, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t6 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 executes the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t6 before executing the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1. To do.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t6s through a predetermined interval period from time t5e, and at time t6e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure variable game is executed only twice at the time t6e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). Therefore, it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but is out of place and the second forced end condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced end process), and the interval period and from time t6s to time t6e are determined. The first look-ahead effect is continued during the special figure 2 variable game executed during the period. Also, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t7 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 executes the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t7 before executing the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1. To do.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t7 is incorrect (for example, stop For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t7s after a predetermined interval period from time t6e, and at time t7e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure variable game is executed only three times at the time t7e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). Therefore, it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but a failure and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game are in progress. Continues the first look-ahead production. Further, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t8 within the interval period and at time t9 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 performs the special figure 2 fluctuation based on the special figure 2 start information acquired at the time t8 and the time t9 before executing the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1. Each game is executed.

  The special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8 is determined to be correct, and the determination result is determined to be, for example, out of date (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t7 In the same manner, the special figure 2 variable game is executed. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only four times at time t8e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). ), It is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but is out of place and the second forced end condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced end process), and the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t7 is obtained. During the interval period between the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8 and the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8 Continue the first look-ahead production.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t9 is incorrect (for example, stops) The symbol is “Special Figure I”) and, for example, the special figure 2 variable game from the time t9s through a predetermined interval period from the end time of the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t8. The special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at time t9e after a predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t10 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game.

  Although the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 that triggered the execution of the first prefetch effect at the time t9e is not determined to be correct, the first sub-control unit 400 changes the special figure at the time t9s, for example. It is determined that the game has been executed five times and the first forced termination condition has been satisfied (Yes in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the first prefetch effect is forcibly terminated at time te which is substantially the same time as time t9e. (Step S1105 of the notice effect forced termination process). As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has reached the predetermined number of executions of the special figure 1 variable game and the special figure 2 variable game after the interruption of the special figure 2 variable game. The first prefetch effect is ended before digesting the special figure 1 start information that triggered the start of the one prefetch effect.

  Since the pachinko machine 100 has acquired the special figure 2 start information again, before executing the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1, the pachinko machine 100 includes the special figure 2 start information acquired at the time t10. Based on the special figure 2 variable game is executed.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t9 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t10 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t10s after a predetermined interval period from time t9e, and at time t10e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 214. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game.

  The special figure 2 start information is not acquired within the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game execution period, and the special figure 2 holding number is zero. Therefore, the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is executed next.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t10 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is incorrect (for example, stop For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started at time t1s after a predetermined interval period from time t10e, and at time t1e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 212. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game.

  The special figure 2 start information is not acquired within the interval period and within the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game, and the special figure 2 holding number is zero. Therefore, the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is executed next.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 is out of place (for example, stop) For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started at time t2s after a predetermined interval period from time t1e, and at time t2e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 212. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game.

  The special figure 2 start information is not acquired within the interval period and within the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game, and the special figure 2 holding number is zero. Therefore, the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is executed next.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t2 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is incorrect (for example, stops) For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t3s after a predetermined interval period from time t2e, and after a predetermined time has elapsed. Special figure I is stopped and displayed. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game.

  Although illustration is omitted, when the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3 is completed, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not the random determination using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 is performed. Is a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure A”) and, for example, a special figure is passed through a predetermined interval period from the end time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t3. A 1-variable game is started, and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure A is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 to notify that the jackpot has been won. In the first look-ahead effect, the forced end state is maintained during the interval period and the special figure 1 variable game, and in the special figure 1 variable game related to the jackpot, the effect in the notice-only mode by the Yoshimune zone is performed. It is not executed.

  FIG. 22 shows a timing chart when the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is forcibly terminated when the second forced termination condition in the notice effect forced termination process shown in FIG. 12 is satisfied. As shown in FIG. 22 (a), the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 sets the special figure 1 random number value acquired based on, for example, the game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. For example, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the lottery is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t0s, and a time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed. Then, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212.

  The special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1, the time t2, the time t3, and the time t4 in the execution period (between the time t0s and the time t0e) of the special figure 1 variable game is prefetched. In the main control unit 300, for example, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. A pre-reading result information command including information that the advance determination result of the start information is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes the execution start time, the execution period, and the execution end time of the first prefetch effect based on the fact that the special determination 1 start information whose pre-determination result is a big hit is included. And the production mode is determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the start time ts of the first prefetch effect from the start time t0s of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t0 to the end time t0e. Set to a predetermined time after reception of a prefetch result information command including a jackpot prior determination result (in FIG. 22 (a), for example, a time at which approximately half of the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game has elapsed). Then, the end time of the first prefetch effect is set to substantially the same time as the end time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  When the first sub-control unit 400 receives a pre-reading result information command whose pre-judgment result includes jackpot information, the first sub-control unit 400 starts the first pre-reading effect by the Yoshimune zone and performs the first pre-reading effect during the execution of the special figure 1 variable game. Continue. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the first lookahead effect in the effect mode of the Yoshimune zone. ing.

  Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a first forced termination condition for the first prefetch effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 can determine that the predetermined period has elapsed from a specific time after making a prior determination of the special figure 1 start information that triggers the first look-ahead effect. A predetermined period is set. For example, the specific time is, for example, the first special figure 2 fluctuation within a period after the pre-reading using the special figure 1 random value set at the acquisition time t4 and before the determination of whether the special figure 1 random value set is valid or not. It is set when a game symbol change start command is received. The predetermined period is set to a period in which the special figure 2 variable game is executed six times. The end time of the predetermined period is at the end of the sixth special figure 2 variable game, that is, after the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol fluctuation stop command. Thus, in this example, the predetermined period is set in association with the number of changes in the special figure 2 variable game after the interruption operation of the special figure 2 variable game due to the special figure 2 priority change. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a second forced termination condition for the first prefetch effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets, as the second forced termination condition, the reception of the special symbol variation game symbol variation stop command related to the jackpot executed after the elapse of a specific time in the first forced termination condition.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is incorrect (for example, stoppage) For example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t1s after a predetermined interval period from time t0e, and at time t1e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed at 212. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is not executed at the time t1e (in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process shown in FIG. 12). No), it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but is out of place and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and during the interval period and in FIG. The first prefetch effect is continued during the execution period of the variable game.

  At time t5, time t6, time t7, and time t8 in the execution period of this special figure 1 variable game (between time t1s and time t1e), special figure 2 start information is acquired. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 starts the special figure 2 start acquired at the time t5 to the time t8 prior to the determination of whether or not the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4 that is earlier than the time t5. Determine whether the information is correct or not. For example, the main control unit 300 determines that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, from the time t1e. The special figure 2 variable game is started from the time t5s after a predetermined interval period, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at the time t5e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure variable game is executed only once at time t5e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). Therefore, it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but a failure and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and during the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game. The first prefetching effect is continued during the execution period.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is completed, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 is a big hit (for example, a stoppage) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t6s after a predetermined interval period from time t5e, and at time t6e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure A is stopped and displayed at 214 to notify that the jackpot has been won. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only twice at time t6e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). ), It is determined that the determination result is a big hit and the control state shifts from the normal gaming state to the special gaming state, and it is determined that the second forced termination condition is satisfied (step of the notice effect forced termination process) In step S1107, the first prefetch effect is forcibly terminated at time te, which is substantially the same time as time t6e, by receiving the symbol variation stop command for the special figure 2 variable game (step S1109 of the notice effect forced termination process).

  As described above, in this example, the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 that triggered the execution of the first prefetching effect at the time t6e is not determined to be correct, but the first sub-control unit 400 1 The prefetching effect is forcibly terminated. If the second prefetch effect is also being executed at the time t6e, the first sub-control unit 400 forcibly ends the second prefetch effect (step S1109 of the notice effect forced end process). As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment triggers the start of the first look-ahead effect when it is determined that the special figure variable game wins the big hit and the control state shifts from the normal game state to the special game state. The first look-ahead effect is finished before digesting the special figure 1 start information.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 ends, the main control unit 300 continues the special game (big hit game) for a predetermined period at time t9 after the elapse of a predetermined interval period.

  The timing chart shown in FIG. 22B is different from the timing chart shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 22 (b), the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 sets the special figure 1 random number value acquired based on, for example, the game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. For example, it is determined that the result of the randomness lottery using the lottery is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and for example, the special figure 1 variable game is started from time t0s, and a time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed. Then, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212.

  The special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1, the time t2, the time t3, and the time t4 in the execution period (between the time t0s and the time t0e) of the special figure 1 variable game is prefetched. In the main control unit 300, for example, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. A pre-reading result information command including information that the advance determination result of the start information is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes the execution start time, the execution period, and the execution end time of the first prefetch effect based on the fact that the special determination 1 start information whose pre-determination result is a big hit is included. And the production mode is determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 substantially matches the start time ts of the first prefetch effect with the start time of the special figure variable game that is executed first after the advance determination of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4. The time (in this example, the same time as the start time t1s of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1) is set, and the end time of the first prefetch effect is acquired at the time t4. It is set at approximately the same time as the end time of the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first look-ahead effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined image of Yoshimune.

  Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a first forced termination condition and a second forced termination condition for the first prefetch effect. In this example, the first sub control unit 400 sets the first forced termination condition and the second forced termination similar to those in the timing chart shown in FIG.

  When the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 is incorrect (for example, stoppage) The symbol is “special symbol I”), and for example, the special symbol 1 variable game is started from time t1s through a predetermined interval period from time t0e, and the symbol variation start command is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. Then, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 at time t1e after a predetermined time has elapsed. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command starts the first look-ahead effect in the Yoshimune zone from the time ts that is substantially the same time as the time t1s. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is not executed at the time t1e (in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process shown in FIG. 12). No), it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but is out of place and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game Continue the first look-ahead production.

  At time t5 and time t6 in the execution period of this special figure 1 variable game (between time t1s and time t1e), special figure 2 start information is acquired. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 starts the special figure 2 start acquired at the time t5 and the time t6 prior to the determination of whether or not the special figure start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4 that is earlier than the time t5. Determine whether the information is correct or not. For example, the main control unit 300 determines that the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and for example, from the time t1e. The special figure 2 variable game is started from the time t5s after a predetermined interval period, and the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 at the time t5e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure variable game is executed only once at time t5e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). Therefore, it is determined that the determination result is not a big hit but a failure and the second forced termination condition is not satisfied (No in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), and during the interval period and the special figure 2 variable game. The first prefetching effect is continued during the execution period. In addition, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at the time t7 and the time t8 of the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game, respectively.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 is completed, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 is a big hit (for example, a stoppage) For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from time t6s after a predetermined interval period from time t5e, and at time t6e after the predetermined time has elapsed. The special figure A is stopped and displayed at 214 to notify that the jackpot has been won. The first sub-control unit 400 does not satisfy the first forced termination condition because the special figure 2 variable game is executed only twice at time t6e (No in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process). ) If the determination result is a big hit and it is determined that the control state shifts from the normal gaming state to the special gaming state, it is determined that the second forced termination condition is satisfied (step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process). Yes), the first look-ahead effect is forcibly terminated at time te, which is substantially the same as time t6e, by receiving the symbol variation stop command for the special figure 2 variable game (step S1109 of the forcible effect forced termination process). Also, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at time t9 of the interval period, and at times t10 and t11 of the special figure 2 variable game execution period.

  In this example, the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 that triggered the execution of the first prefetch effect at the time t6e is not determined to be correct, but the first sub-control unit 400 performs the first prefetch effect. Kill. If the second prefetch effect is also being executed at the time t6e, the first sub-control unit 400 forcibly ends the second prefetch effect (step S1109 of the notice effect forced end process). As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment triggered the start of the Yoshimune zone when it was decided that the special figure variable game was won and the control state was shifted from the normal game state to the special game state. Special Figure 1 The Yoshimune zone is terminated before the start information is digested.

  When the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 ends, the main control unit 300 continues the special game (big hit game) for a predetermined period after the elapse of the predetermined period interval.

  FIG. 23 shows a timing chart of the notice effect forced termination processing when the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information stored first is so-called hot hold. As shown in FIG. 23, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 uses, for example, a special figure 1 random number set acquired based on the game ball passing through the special figure 1 starting port 230 at time t0. It is determined that the determination result by random lottery is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special symbol A”), and, for example, symbol variation start including information on the determination result of special diagram 1 start information acquired at time t0. The command is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command includes a special figure notice effect for notifying the validity judgment result of the special figure 1 variable game based on the fact that the judgment result is a jackpot. An execution start time, an execution period, an execution end time, and an effect mode are determined. In this example, for example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the special figure notice effect start time ts after a predetermined time has elapsed from the special figure 1 variable game start time t0s based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t0. It is set at a certain time ts, and the end time te of the special figure notice effect is set at substantially the same time as the end time t0e of the special figure 1 variable game. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to set the special figure notice effect to, for example, the “Yoshimune zone” of the effect mode using a predetermined Yoshimune image.

  Further, at the time t1, time t2, time t3 and time t4 between the time t0s and the time ts, the special figure 1 start information is acquired and prefetched respectively. In the main control unit 300, the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. A pre-reading result information command including information that the advance determination result of the start information is, for example, a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”) is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

  For example, after the time t4, the first sub control unit 400 executes a preliminary notice effect for shifting to the Yoshimune zone before receiving the prefetch result information command. For this reason, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure notice effect is already being executed even if the prefetch result information command includes information on the big hit pre-determination result, and the special figure A The first look-ahead effect based on is not set. The first sub-control unit 400 starts a special figure notice effect by the Yoshimune zone at time ts, and continues the special figure notice effect during execution of the special figure 1 variable game. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display, for example, an image of a predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to execute the special figure notice effect of the effect mode by the “Yoshimune zone”. It is like that.

  Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first forced termination condition for the special figure notice effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 can determine that the predetermined period has elapsed from a specific period after determining whether or not the special figure 1 start information that is a trigger for performing the special figure notice effect is determined. A predetermined period is set. For example, the specific time is, for example, a predetermined time (this time) within a period after the success / failure determination using the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t0 and before the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information ends. In the example, it is set at time ts). The predetermined period is set to a period in which the special figure 2 variable game is executed six times. The end time of the predetermined period is at the end of the sixth special figure 2 variable game, that is, after the first sub-control unit 400 receives the symbol fluctuation stop command. Thus, in this example, the predetermined period is set in association with the number of changes in the special figure 2 variable game after the interruption operation of the special figure 2 variable game due to the special figure 2 priority change. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets a second forced termination condition for the special figure notice effect. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 sets, as the second forced termination condition, the reception of the special symbol variation game symbol variation stop command related to the jackpot executed after the elapse of a specific time in the first forced termination condition.

  The main control unit 300 stops and displays the special figure A, for example, on the special figure 1 display device 212 at time t0e after a predetermined time has elapsed from time t0s to notify that it is a big hit, and issues a symbol variation stop command to the first sub-change command. It transmits to the control part 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to end the display of the image of the predetermined Yoshimune in the effect display area 208d in order to end the special figure notice effect. It has become. Further, the special figure 2 start information is acquired at the time t5, the time t6, the time t7, and the time t8 in the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game.

  As shown in this example, when the special figure notice effect for notifying the success / failure determination result of the special figure 1 variable game currently being executed by the Yoshimune zone, the special figure 2 start information is displayed during the execution period of the special figure 1 variable game. Even if it is acquired, special figure 2 floating games cannot be interrupted before the end of the Yoshimune zone. For this reason, the special figure notice effect according to the effect mode of the Yoshimune zone ends when the original end condition is satisfied before being forcibly ended.

  The main control unit 300 executes the big hit game over a predetermined period from the time t0e. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 starts the special figure 2 acquired at the time t5 to the time t8 prior to the determination of whether or not the special figure 1 start information acquired at the time t1 to the time t4 that is earlier than the time t5. Determine whether the information is correct or not. For this reason, when a predetermined time elapses after the big hit game ends, the main control unit 300, for example, determines whether the result of the randomness lottery using the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t5 is wrong (for example, the stop symbol). For example, the special figure 2 variable game is started from the time t1s, and the symbol fluctuation start including information on the result of the special figure 2 start information obtained at the time t5, for example, is started. The command is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400.

  The first sub-control unit 400 does not set the special figure notice effect because the received command includes information that the result of the determination is wrong.

  The main control unit 300 ends the special figure 1 variable game when a predetermined time elapses after the start of the special figure 1 variable game and a time t1e is reached. Although illustration is omitted, the main controller 300 subsequently executes special figure 2 variable games based on the special figure 2 start information from the acquisition time t6 to time t8, and further performs special characteristics during the fluctuation of the special figure 2 variable games. 2 On the condition that the start information is not acquired, the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 to the time t4 is sequentially executed thereafter.

  The notice effect in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment includes a special figure notice effect for notifying the special figure variable game, and the notice effect may be performed based on the determination result. Even if it is a notice effect, special figure 2 variable game may interrupt and continue, and special figure 2 variable game may interrupt and not continue, so there may be cases where a good-hearted player can be entertained due to a sense of incongruity / unexpectedness . In addition, during the special figure notice effect, an effect by a pseudo-ream may be executed. In some cases, the pachinko machine 100 can entertain the player by simulating the interruption of the special figure 2 variable game by the pseudo-ream.

  In the timing charts shown in FIG. 13A to FIG. 23, the pachinko machine 100 starts the notice effect when the big hit stop symbol is pre-determined based on the pre-reading of the special figure 1 start information or the result of the determination is a big hit. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the pachinko machine 100 notifies that a pre-determined result or a success / failure determination result is out of place but a special figure timer number with a relatively long symbol variation time is selected, that is, a high probability of being a big hit. May be configured to start a notice effect.

  FIG. 24 shows a display example of the hold display image in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. The hold display image is used as an effect mode of the second prefetching effect, and exhibits a function of notifying the special figure prefetching result. The hold display images are displayed in hold display areas 801 a to 801 d and 802 a to 802 d provided in the effect display area 208 d of the decorative symbol display device 208. As shown in FIG. 24A and FIG. 24B, the reserved display areas 801a to 801d for special figure 1 are provided at the lower left in the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. Results are shown. The special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d are provided at the lower right in the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, and show the prefetch result of the special figure 2.

  The special figure 1 hold display areas 801a, 801b, 801c, and 801d are the storage areas "prefetch result 1", "prefetch result 2", "prefetch result 3", and "prefetch result 4" of the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit. Respectively. Special figure 2 hold display areas 802a, 802b, 802c, and 802d are storage areas "prefetch result 1", "prefetch result 2", "prefetch result 3", and "prefetch result 4" in the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit. Respectively.

  In the special display 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d, the player is notified in advance whether or not the result of the determination is a big hit based on the result of the preliminary determination in step S305 of the special chart prefetching process. The hold display images 701a to 701d are displayed. The reserved display areas 801a to 801d for the special figure 1 are displayed at the start or immediately after the start of the notification of the hold display image in the display mode (for example, the mode using an image representing a sword described later) for notifying the stop symbol of the prior determination result. For example, the hold display image can be displayed in a period until the start information corresponding to the hold display image in the display mode is digested (immediately before or after the determination of the success / failure). When the first sub-control unit 400 notifies the determination result of the special figure 2 variable game that has been interrupted during the period during which the first prefetch effect is being performed, The decorative symbol display device 208 can be controlled to continuously display the hold display images 701a to 701d in at least one of the hold display areas 801a to 801d.

  In the special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d, the player is notified in advance whether the result of the determination is a big hit based on the result of the preliminary determination in step S303 of the special chart prefetching process. Each hold display image is displayed. The special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d are held in a display mode (for example, an image (not shown) representing a sword similar to the hold display image of the special figure 1) for notifying the stop symbol of the preliminary determination result. The hold display image can be displayed during the period from the start or immediately after the start of the display image notice until the start information corresponding to the hold display image according to the display mode is digested (immediately before or after the determination of the success or failure). ing. The first sub-control unit 400 does not perform the display mode of the reserved display image of the special figure 2 in the special figure 2 display area 802a to 802d in advance during the first pre-reading effect (displayed in the form according to the preliminary notice). The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled as follows. In other words, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to execute the reserved display image of the special figure 2 in the display mode according to the notice only during the period when the first prefetching effect is not continued. It has become.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a hold display image of a plurality of display modes. FIG. 24A illustrates a hold display image having a simple configuration. As shown in FIG. 24A, the hold display images 701a to 701d displayed in the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d are formed of circular images. The hold display images 701a to 701d represent the contents of the prefetch result by changing the display color, for example. For example, when the display color is blue (in FIG. 24 (a), blue is represented by diagonal lines), a big hit is shown, and the display color is red (in FIG. 24 (a), red is represented by black). In this case, only the fact that the special figure 1 variable game is put on hold is shown, and the specific content of the look-ahead result is not shown. The red circle is the default display of the hold display image. Accordingly, in FIG. 24 (a), the hold display images 701a to 701d are “holding (prefetching result is not displayed)”, “holding (prefetching result is not displayed)”, “big hit”, “holding (prefetching). The result is not displayed). In FIG. 24 (a), there is no special figure 2 variable game hold, and no hold display images are displayed in the special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d. Hereinafter, a state in which no hold display image is displayed in the special display 1 reserved display areas 801a to 801d and the special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d will be represented by a white circle of a broken line.

  FIG. 24B illustrates a hold display image having a complicated configuration. As shown in FIG. 24 (b), the hold display images 701a to 701d displayed in the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d are composed of images with various patterns. The on-hold display images 701a to 701d are configured to represent the contents of the prefetch result by changing, for example, the design. For example, in the case of a sword pattern, it shows a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Illustration A”) or a symbol variation time is relatively long (for example, super reach loss). For example, the stop symbol indicates “special symbol B”), and in the case of an oval symbol, only the special symbol 1 variable game is held, and the specific content of the prefetch result is not indicated. Accordingly, in FIG. 24 (b), the hold display images 701a to 701d are “hold hold (pre-read result is not displayed)”, “big hit (stop symbol is“ special figure B ”)”, “big hit (stop symbol is“ Special figure A ”)” and “with hold (pre-read result is not displayed)”. In FIG. 24B, there is no special figure 2 variable game hold, and no hold display image is displayed in the special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d.

  24 (a) and 24 (b) show a decoration in each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c at the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. A state in which the decorative symbol variation display in which the symbols are sequentially rotated in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the diagram is executed is shown, and an effect image representing the seaside is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  As shown in FIG. 24A, in the case where the hold display image has a simple configuration, it is difficult for the player to forget the hot hold of the special figure 1 variable game even if the interruption of the special figure 2 variable game occurs. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 24 (b), when the hold display image has a complicated configuration and there are a plurality of types of patterns, when the player executes the interruption of the special figure 2 variable game, the special figure 1 is generated. You may forget which is the hot hold of the floating game. Even when the hold display image has a complicated configuration, the combination of the second prefetch effect by the hold display image and the first prefetch effect by the Yoshimune zone, for example, causes an interruption execution of the special figure 2 variable game. Even in such a case, it may be possible to prevent the player from forgetting which is the hot hold of the special figure 1 variable game.

  Next, the special figure variable game using the notice effect will be described with reference to FIGS. 25 to 28 show an example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. FIGS. 25 (a) to 27 (b) show the display state of the decorative symbol display device 208 in the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in time series from the top to the bottom of the figure, respectively. Yes. 25 (a) to 27 (b), the decorative symbol display device 208, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 indicating the holding state of the special figure 1 variable game, and the special figure 1 for displaying the special figure 1 variable game are displayed. A display 212, a special figure 2 holding lamp 220 indicating the holding state of the special figure 2 variable game, and a special figure 2 display device 214 for displaying the special figure 2 variable game are shown. In FIG. 25 (a) to FIG. 27 (b), for easy understanding, the decorative symbol display device 208, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the special figure 1 display device 212, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the special drawing. The relative arrangement relationship of the two display devices 214 is shown differently from that shown in FIG. 25 (a) to 27 (b), a decorative symbol display device 208 is shown in the center, and a special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and a special figure 2 holding lamp 220 are arranged at the lower right of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 display device 212 and the special figure 2 display device 214 are shown side by side below.

  The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is composed of four LEDs so as to display up to four hold states of the special figure 1 variable game. The four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 correspond to the special figure 1 variable game with the early holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is configured to turn on, for example, red LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 1 variable games in order from the left of the four LEDs, and turn off the others. In the figure, the state where the special figure 1 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is composed of four LEDs so that up to four hold states of the special figure 2 variable game can be displayed. The four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 correspond to the special figure 2 variable game with a fast holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is configured such that the LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 2 variable games are turned on in red, for example, and the others are turned off sequentially from the left of the four LEDs. In the figure, the state where the special figure 2 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  As shown in FIG. 25A, the special symbol 1 display device 212 executes the special symbol 1 variable game, and the decorative symbol display device 208 has a left symbol display region 208a, a middle symbol display region 208b, and a right symbol display region 208c. In each of these areas, a decorative symbol variation display in which the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the drawing is executed (time t0 in FIG. 14A). At this time, the four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 are turned off, and the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games are not held. In the present example, the special figure 2 display device 214 maintains a stop display of the special symbol “Special Figure I” relating to the special figure 2 variable game executed previously.

  Also, since the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games are not on hold, the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d and the special figure 2 hold display area provided in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208. In 802a to 802d, no hold display image is displayed. Further, at the present time, the control state of the pachinko machine 100 is a normal gaming state (for example, a non-electric support state), and the notice effect is not executed. Is displayed.

  After that, after the elapse of a predetermined time, four pieces of special figure 1 start information are acquired (time t1 to time t4 in FIG. 14A), and the four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 emit red light and are lit. It becomes. Further, the acquired special figure 1 start information is prefetched. The main control unit 300 pre-determines, for example, that the special figure 1 start information acquired at times t1 to t3 is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure 1 start acquired at time t4. For example, the information is pre-determined as a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”), and this pre-determination result is stored as “special drawing I” in the storage area “prefetching result 1” of the pre-reading result storage unit for special figure 1. “Special Figure I” is stored in “Prefetch Result 2”, “Special Figure I” is stored in “Prefetch Result 3”, and “Special Figure A” is stored in “Prefetch Result 4”. Further, the main control unit 300 transmits a prefetch result information command including information on the prior determination result to the first sub control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display the hold display images 701a to 701d as the second look-ahead effects in the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d. . Since the pre-read results of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 to the acquisition time t3 are out of date, the hold display images 701a to 701c are, for example, images representing red circles. Since the prefetch result of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 is a big hit, the hold display image 701d is an image representing a sword, for example.

  Further, as described in FIG. 14A, the first sub-control unit 400 starts executing the first prefetch effect based on the fact that the special determination 1 start information whose pre-determination result is a big hit is included. The time, execution period, execution end time, and production mode are determined. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first forced end condition and the second forced end condition for the notice effect under the same conditions as described in FIG. 19, for example.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 25 (c), after a predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b and 208c have “ “Decoration 6-Decoration 7-Decoration 2” is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t0e in FIG. 14A).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 1 start information (the special figure 1 random number value) stored first after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. The pair is read from the special figure 1 random value storage area and judged whether or not it is appropriate (for example, it is out of place (the stop symbol is “special figure I”)), and as shown in FIG. 14 is controlled (time t1s in FIG. 14 (a)) At this time, since the number of reserved special figure 1 is reduced by 1, the main control unit 300 stores the special figure stored first. As a result, the rightmost LED of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 is turned off, and in synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 stores the prefetch result storage unit for special figure 1 The data stored in the area “prefetch result 1” is erased and the remaining special map 1 Order of the reading result data is processed as raised repeatedly by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits a command including information such as the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the determination result, and the number of the special figure 1 variable game on hold to the first sub control part 400. As a result, as shown in FIG. 25 (d), the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated and moved in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in each of the middle left and right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 1 holding number has decreased by 1, changes the holding display image 701c from a red circle image to an image representing a sword, and further deletes the holding display image 701d. Thus, the decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 starts a preliminary notice for shifting to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. For example, as shown in FIG. 25 (e), the preliminary notice has an outer shape of Yoshimune in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the character “Yoshimune” is displayed in the center. Then, as shown in FIG. 25 (f), the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 descends to the front from the upper side of the decorative symbol display device 208 and stops in front of the middle symbol display area 208b. It is a series of productions. The preliminary notice effect movable body 720 is a combination of a family crest and a character “Yoshimune” in the center. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 via the second sub-control unit 500. When the Yoshimune symbols are arranged in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is confirmed. The pachinko machine 100 displays the Yoshimune design that is different from the normal decoration design before the start of the special figure 1 look-ahead effect, so that the player's expectation to shift to the exclusive mode of the notice effect is expected. It has become. The preliminary notice is an effect separate from the notice effect. However, the preliminary notice may be an effect included in the notice effect.

  The first sub-control unit 400 starts the “Yoshimune zone” as the special figure 1 pre-reading effect after the predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the preliminary notice (“Yoshimune zone” is displayed at the time ts in FIG. 14A). Change from “OFF” to “ON”). As shown in FIG. 25 (g), at the start of the first look-ahead effect, the characters “Yoshimune zone entry” are displayed above the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, and Yoshimune is on the left below it. A moving image that continues to run to the right is displayed. As shown in FIG. 25 (h), after that, the character “Yoshimune zone entry” displayed in the effect display area 208d is changed to the character “Yoshimune zone”, and the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued in the display state. The The pachinko machine 100 notifies the player that the special display 1 look-ahead effect (Yoshimune zone) has shifted to the exclusive mode of the notice effect by making the background display different from the normal display.

  As shown in FIGS. 25 (e) to 25 (h), the hold display images 701a to 703c are displayed in the hold display areas 801a to 803c for the special figure 1 even if the preliminary notice effect or the special figure 1 prefetch effect is started. It continues to be displayed. Also, as shown in FIG. 25 (h), the decorative symbol variation display is redisplayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c after a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special symbol 1 prefetching effect.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 26 (a), after the elapse of a predetermined time, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c Decoration 3-Decoration 6-Decoration 1 "is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t1e in FIG. 14A).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 1 random number set stored first after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. As shown in FIG. 26 (b), the special figure 1 display device is started so as to start the special figure 1 variable game while reading out from the numerical value storage area and judging whether or not it is correct (for example, as shown in FIG. 26 (b). 212 (time t2s in FIG. 14 (a)) At this time, since the number of reserved special figure 1 is reduced by 1, the main control unit 300 sets the special figure 1 random number data stored first. As a result, the third LED from the left of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 is turned off, and in synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 reads the storage area “prefetched” of the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit. The data stored in “Result 1” is erased, and the remaining special figure 1 look-ahead results Order of the data is processed as raised repeatedly by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits a command including information such as the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the determination result, and the number of the special figure 1 variable game on hold to the first sub control part 400. As a result, as shown in FIG. 26 (b), the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated and moved in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in each of the left middle right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 1 hold number has decreased by 1, changes the hold display image 701b from a red circle image to an image representing a sword, and further deletes the hold display image 701c. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled as described above. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 displays a character “Yoshimune Zone” in the effect display area 208d in order to notify that the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continue to display a moving image that continues to run toward.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 26 (c), after a predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c have “ Decoration 4-Decoration 9-Decoration 3 "is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t2e in FIG. 14A).

  Although illustration is omitted, the pachinko machine 100 performs the same processing as described with reference to FIGS. 26B and 26C to store the special map 1 disturbance stored at the top of the special map 1 holding lamp 218. For example, special figure I is stopped and displayed on special figure 1 display device 212, and "decoration 6-decoration 7-decoration 2" is stopped in left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. It is displayed to notify that the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 random number set is out of place (time t3s to time t3e in FIG. 14A).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 1 random number set stored first after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. As shown in FIG. 26 (d), the special figure 1 display device is started so as to start the special figure 1 variable game while reading out from the numerical value storage area and judging whether or not it is successful (for example, the big hit (the stop symbol is “special figure A”)). 212 (time t4s in Fig. 14 (a)) At this time, since the number of reserved special figure 1 is reduced by 1, the main control unit 300 sets the data of the special figure 1 random number group stored first. As a result, the LED at the left end of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 is turned off, and in synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 sets the storage area “prefetch result 1” in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit. Erase the stored data.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits a command including information such as the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the determination result, and the number of the special figure 1 variable game on hold to the first sub control part 400. As a result, as shown in FIG. 26 (d), the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated and moved in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in each of the left middle right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 1 hold number has decreased by 1, and controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the hold display image 701a.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special figure 1 variable game, as shown in FIG. 26 (e), the first sub-control unit 400 displays “decoration 7” in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c, The super reach effect that continues the decorative symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b is started.

  Further thereafter, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to change the effect aspect related to the special figure 1 prefetch effect in the effect display area 208d to the effect aspect related to the super reach effect. As shown in FIG. 26 (f), for example, in the decorative symbol display device 208, after Yoshimune and the swordsman confront each other, and they both make a duel, as shown in FIG. The defeated moving image is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  Also, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 7” in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c and the decorative symbol variation in the middle symbol display area 208b while Yoshimune and the swordsman are facing a duel. Continue to display. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 7” in the middle symbol display area 208d and “decoration 7− in the middle left and right symbol display areas 208a to 208c so that Yoshimune wins the duel. “Decoration 7-Decoration 7” is displayed for a predetermined period in a swinging fluctuation state (see FIG. 27G).

  After that, as shown in FIG. 27 (a), the pachinko machine 100 displays the confirmation of “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, thereby displaying the special figure 1 variable game. Is a big hit (time t4e in FIG. 14A). Further, the first sub-control unit 400 switches the effect display area 208d to the background image related to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, and redisplays the hold display image when there is a special figure variable game that is on hold, Thereafter, the display of the background image is terminated (“Yoshimune zone” changes from “ON” to “OFF” at time te in FIG. 14A).

  Thereafter, the main control unit 300 starts a jackpot game and transmits a winning effect command to the first sub-control unit 400. As shown in FIG. 27 (b), the first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command displays an effect relating to the big hit game (in this example, a character image of “hit!”) In the effect display area 208d. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled as described above.

  In this example, the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information that triggers the entry of the Yoshimune zone becomes super reach, and the production dedicated to the Yoshimune zone is switched to the effect for the super reach. This production for super reach is not executed only when super reach occurs while the Yoshimune zone is continued, but when super reach occurs even if the Yoshimune zone is not continued. ing.

  FIG. 28 shows another example of the preliminary notice effect. FIG. 28 (a) shows another example of the preliminary notice shown in FIG. 25 (e), and FIG. 28 (b) shows another example of the preliminary notice shown in FIG. 25 (f). As shown in FIGS. 28 (a) and 28 (b), the background image used for the super-reach effect is displayed in the effect display area 208d in a mode (for example, a translucent mode) in which the Yoshimune symbol does not disappear during the preliminary notice. It may be displayed. Thereby, the pachinko machine 100 may be able to increase the player's expectation that the special figure 1 variable game may win a big hit.

  29 and 30 show another example of the special figure variable game corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. In the example shown in FIG. 25 to FIG. 28, the special figure 1 start information is prefetched, so that the big hit stop symbol is determined in advance as a trigger for starting the special figure 1 prefetch effect. The pachinko machine 100 according to the above is triggered by the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect that the special figure timer number having a relatively long symbol variation time is selected although the preliminary determination result is out of place.

  FIG. 29A to FIG. 30B respectively show the display state of the decorative symbol display device 208 in the special symbol variable game in the pachinko machine 100 of this example in time series from the top to the bottom of the drawing. 29 (a) to 30 (b), the decorative symbol display device 208, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 indicating the holding state of the special figure 1 variable game, and the special figure 1 for displaying the special figure 1 variable game. A display 212, a special figure 2 holding lamp 220 indicating the holding state of the special figure 2 variable game, and a special figure 2 display device 214 for displaying the special figure 2 variable game are shown. In FIG. 29 (a) to FIG. 30 (b), for easy understanding, the decorative symbol display device 208, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the special figure 1 display device 212, the second special figure holding lamp 220, and the special figure. The relative arrangement relationship of the two display devices 214 is shown differently from that shown in FIG. 29 (a) to 30 (b), the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown in the center, and the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 are arranged at the lower right of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 display device 212 and the special figure 2 display device 214 are shown side by side below.

  The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is composed of four LEDs so as to display up to four hold states of the special figure 1 variable game. The four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 correspond to the special figure 1 variable game with the early holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is configured to turn on, for example, red LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 1 variable games in order from the left of the four LEDs, and turn off the others. In the figure, the state where the special figure 1 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is composed of four LEDs so that up to four hold states of the special figure 2 variable game can be displayed. The four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 correspond to the special figure 2 variable game with a fast holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is configured such that the LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 2 variable games are turned on in red, for example, and the others are turned off sequentially from the left of the four LEDs. In the figure, the state where the special figure 2 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to this example executes a special figure 1 variable game similar to that shown in FIGS. 25 (a) to 25 (h). At this time, in this example, the first sub-control unit 400 has a relatively long symbol variation time although the preliminary determination result of the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t4 shown in FIG. Based on the selection of the special figure timer number, it is decided to start the special figure 1 pre-reading effect.

  After the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t0 shown in FIG. 14 (a) is completed, as shown in FIG. 29 (a), after the predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure 1 display is displayed. The special figure I is stopped and displayed on the device 212, and “decoration 3-decoration 6-decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b and 208c, and the special figure 1 variable game is lost. (Time t1e in FIG. 14A).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 1 random number set stored first after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. As shown in FIG. 29 (b), the special figure 1 display device is started so as to start the special figure 1 variable game while reading from the numerical value storage area and determining whether or not it is correct (for example, as shown in FIG. 29 (b). 212 (time t2s in FIG. 14 (a)) At this time, since the number of reserved special figure 1 is reduced by 1, the main control unit 300 sets the special figure 1 random number data stored first. As a result, the third LED from the left of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 is turned off, and in synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 reads the storage area “prefetched” of the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit. The data stored in “Result 1” is erased, and the remaining special figure 1 look-ahead results Order of the data is processed as raised repeatedly by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits a command including information such as the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the determination result, and the number of the special figure 1 variable game on hold to the first sub control part 400. As a result, as shown in FIG. 29 (b), the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated and moved in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in each of the left middle right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 1 hold number has decreased by 1, changes the hold display image 701b from a red circle image to an image representing a sword, and further deletes the hold display image 701c. Thus, the decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 displays a character “Yoshimune Zone” in the effect display area 208d in order to notify that the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continue to display a moving image that continues to run toward.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 29 (c), after the elapse of a predetermined time, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c Decoration 4-Decoration 9-Decoration 3 "is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t2e in FIG. 14A).

  Although illustration is omitted, the pachinko machine 100 performs the same processing as described with reference to FIGS. 29B and 29C to store the special map 1 disturbance stored at the top of the special map 1 holding lamp 218. For example, special figure I is stopped and displayed on special figure 1 display device 212, and "decoration 3-decoration 6-decoration 1" is stopped in left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. It is displayed to notify that the special figure 1 variable game based on the special figure 1 random number set is out of place (time t3s to time t3e in FIG. 14A).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 1 random number set stored first after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. As shown in FIG. 29 (d), the special figure 1 display device starts the special figure 1 variable game while reading from the numerical value storage area and judging whether or not it is correct (for example, as shown in FIG. 29 (d). 212 (time t4s in Fig. 14 (a)) At this time, since the number of reserved special figure 1 is reduced by 1, the main control unit 300 sets the data of the special figure 1 random number group stored first. As a result, the LED at the left end of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 is turned off, and in synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 sets the storage area “prefetch result 1” in the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit. Erase the stored data.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits a command including information such as the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the determination result, and the number of the special figure 1 variable game on hold to the first sub control part 400. As a result, as shown in FIG. 29 (d), the decorative symbols sequentially rotate and move in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in each of the left middle right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 1 hold number has decreased by 1, and controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the hold display image 701a.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special figure 1 variable game, as shown in FIG. 29 (e), the first sub-control unit 400 displays “decoration 7” in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c, The super reach effect that continues the decorative symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b is started.

  Further thereafter, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to change the effect aspect related to the special figure 1 prefetch effect in the effect display area 208d to the effect aspect related to the super reach effect. As shown in FIG. 29 (f), for example, the decorative symbol display device 208 is configured such that, after Yoshimune and the swordsman face each other and both battle, The defeated moving image is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  Also, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 7” in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c and the decorative symbol variation in the middle symbol display area 208b while Yoshimune and the swordsman are facing a duel. Continue to display. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 3” in the middle symbol display area 208d and “decoration 7− in the middle left and right symbol display areas 208a to 208c so that Yoshimune loses the duel. “Decoration 3—Decoration 7” is displayed for a predetermined period in a swinging fluctuation state (see FIG. 29G).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 30 (a), the pachinko machine 100 performs a fixed display of “decoration 7-decoration 3—decoration 7” in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, thereby changing the special figure 1 variation. It is notified that the game is out of place (time t4e in FIG. 14A). Further, the first sub-control unit 400 switches the effect display area 208d to the background image related to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, and redisplays the hold display image when there is a special figure variable game that is on hold, Thereafter, the display of the background image is terminated (“Yoshimune zone” changes from “ON” to “OFF” at time te in FIG. 14A).

  As shown in FIG. 30 (b), the pachinko machine 100 uses the special figure 1 display device 212 and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c based on the special figure 1 starting information acquired thereafter. To start. At that time, a background image representing the normally used seaside is displayed in the effect display area 208d. The timing for switching from the background image dedicated to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect to the background image or other background image that is normally used is immediately after the end of the special figure variable game immediately before the special figure variable game (for example, as shown in FIG. 30 (a)). It is set at the start of the special figure variation game immediately after “decoration 7—decoration 3—decoration 7” in the middle left and right symbol display areas 208a to 208c.

  Next, a specific example of the special figure variable game using the notice effect corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. 19 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIGS. 31 (a) to 32 (f) show the display state and the like of the decorative symbol display device 208 in the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in time series from the top to the bottom of the figure. Yes. 31 (a) to 32 (f), the decorative symbol display device 208, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 indicating the holding state of the special figure 1 variable game, and the special figure 1 for displaying the special figure 1 variable game are displayed. A display 212, a special figure 2 holding lamp 220 indicating the holding state of the special figure 2 variable game, and a special figure 2 display device 214 for displaying the special figure 2 variable game are shown. 31 (a) to 32 (f), in order to facilitate understanding, the decorative symbol display device 208, the first special figure reservation lamp 218, the special figure 1 display device 212, the second special figure reservation lamp 220, and the special figure. The relative arrangement relationship of the two display devices 214 is shown differently from that shown in FIG. 31 (a) to 32 (f), the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown in the center, and the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 are arranged at the lower right of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 display device 212 and the special figure 2 display device 214 are shown side by side below.

  The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is composed of four LEDs so as to display up to four hold states of the special figure 1 variable game. The four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 correspond to the special figure 1 variable game with the early holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is configured to turn on, for example, red LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 1 variable games in order from the left of the four LEDs, and turn off the others. In the figure, the state where the special figure 1 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is composed of four LEDs so that up to four hold states of the special figure 2 variable game can be displayed. The four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 correspond to the special figure 2 variable game with a fast holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is configured such that the LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 2 variable games are turned on in red, for example, and the others are turned off sequentially from the left of the four LEDs. In the figure, the state where the special figure 2 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  As shown in FIG. 31A, the special symbol 1 display device 212 executes the special symbol 1 variable game, and the decorative symbol display device 208 has a left symbol display region 208a, a middle symbol display region 208b, and a right symbol display region 208c. In each of these areas, a decorative symbol variation display is performed in which the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the diagram (time t0s in FIG. 19). At this time, the four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 are turned off, and the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games are not held. In the special figure 2 display device 214, the stop symbol “special figure I” relating to the special figure 2 variable game executed previously is maintained as a stop display.

  Also, since the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games are not on hold, the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d and the special figure 2 hold display area provided in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208. In 802a to 802d, no hold display image is displayed. Further, at the present time, the control state of the pachinko machine 100 is a normal gaming state (for example, a non-electric support state), and the notice effect is not executed. Is displayed.

  After that, after the elapse of a predetermined time, four pieces of special figure 1 start information are acquired (time t1 to time t4 in FIG. 19), and the four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 emit light in red and turn on. Further, the acquired special figure 1 start information is prefetched. The main control unit 300 pre-determines, for example, that the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t1 to time t3 is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. For example, the start information is pre-determined as a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and this pre-determined result is assigned “Special Figure I” to the storage area “Pre-read Result 1” of the pre-read result storage unit for Special Figure 1. “Special Figure I” is stored in “Prefetch Result 2”, “Special Figure I” is stored in “Prefetch Result 3”, and “Special Figure A” is stored in “Prefetch Result 4”. Further, the main control unit 300 transmits a prefetch result information command including information on the prior determination result to the first sub control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display the hold display images 701a to 701d as the second look-ahead effects in the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d. . Since the pre-read results of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 to the acquisition time t3 are out of date, the hold display images 701a to 701c are, for example, images representing red circles. Since the prefetch result of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 is a big hit, the hold display image 701d is an image representing a sword, for example.

  Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the execution start time, the execution period, the execution end time, and the effect mode similar to the first look-ahead effect in the timing chart shown in FIG. Furthermore, the first sub control unit 400 sets the first forced termination condition under the same conditions as described in FIG. 19, for example. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets, as the second forced termination condition, that the prior determination result is a big hit or that the special figure 1 start information that includes a relatively long symbol variation time is included.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 starts a preliminary notice for shifting to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. For example, as shown in FIG. 31 (c), the preliminary notice has an outer shape of Yoshimune in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the character “Yoshimune” is displayed in the center. Then, as shown in FIG. 31 (d), the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 descends from the upper side of the decorative symbol display device 208 to the front, and stops before the middle symbol display area 208b. It is a series of productions. The preliminary notice effect movable body 720 is a combination of a family crest and a character “Yoshimune” in the center. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 via the second sub-control unit 500. When the Yoshimune symbols are arranged in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is confirmed. The pachinko machine 100 displays the Yoshimune design that is different from the normal decoration design before the start of the special figure 1 look-ahead effect, so that the player's expectation to shift to the exclusive mode of the notice effect is expected. It has become.

  The first sub-control unit 400 starts the “Yoshimune zone” as the special figure 1 pre-reading effect after the predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the preliminary notice (“Yoshimune zone” is “OFF” at time ts in FIG. 19). To "ON"). As shown in FIG. 31 (e), at the start of the first look-ahead effect, the characters “Yoshimune zone entry” are displayed above the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, and Yoshimune is on the left below it. A moving image that continues to run to the right is displayed. As shown in FIG. 31 (f), the character “Yoshimune zone entry” displayed in the effect display area 208d is then changed to the character “Yoshimune zone”, and the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued in the display state. The The pachinko machine 100 notifies the player that the special display 1 look-ahead effect (Yoshimune zone) has shifted to the exclusive mode of the notice effect by making the background display different from the normal display.

  As shown in FIGS. 31 (c) to 31 (f), the hold display images 701a to 703d are displayed in the special display 1 hold display areas 801a to 803d even if the preliminary notice effect or the special figure 1 prefetch effect is started. It continues to be displayed. In addition, as shown in FIG. 31 (f), the decorative symbol variation display is redisplayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c after a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special symbol 1 prefetching effect.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 31 (g), the special figure I is stopped on the special figure 1 display device 212, and "decoration 3-decoration 6-" is displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c. Decoration 1 "is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t0e in FIG. 19).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 1 random number set stored first after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. As shown in FIG. 31 (h), the special figure 1 display device is started so as to start the special figure 1 variable game while reading from the numerical value storage area and determining whether or not it is correct (for example, as shown in FIG. 31 (h). 212 (time t1s in FIG. 19) At this time, the number of reserved special figure 1 is reduced by 1, so the main control unit 300 erases the data of the special figure 1 random number group stored first. As a result, the rightmost LED of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 is turned off, and in synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 is stored in the storage area “prefetch result 1” of the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit. In addition to erasing the data, the order of the data of the remaining special figure 1 look-ahead results It is treated as repeated up one by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits a command including information such as the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the determination result, and the number of the special figure 1 variable game on hold to the first sub control part 400. As a result, as shown in FIG. 31 (h), the decorative symbols sequentially rotate in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in the left, middle, and right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 1 holding number has decreased by 1, changes the holding display image 701c from a red circle image to an image representing a sword, and further deletes the holding display image 701d. Thus, the decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled. Further, in order to notify that the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the characters “Yoshimune Zone” in the effect display area 208d, and Yoshimune is displayed from left to right below it. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continue to display a moving image that continues to run toward.

  After that, after the elapse of a predetermined time, four pieces of special figure 2 start information are acquired (time t5 to time t8 in FIG. 19), and the four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 emit red light and are turned on. The acquired special figure 2 start information is prefetched. For example, the main control unit 300 predetermines that the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t5 to time t8 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is "special figure I"), and uses this predetermination result for special figure 2 “Special Figure I” is stored in the storage areas “prefetch result 1” to “prefetch result 4” of the prefetch result storage unit. Further, the main control unit 300 transmits a prefetch result information command including information on the prior determination result to the first sub control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display the hold display images 702a to 702d in the special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d. Since the prefetch results of the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t5 to the acquisition time t8 are all out of place, the hold display images 702a to 702d are, for example, images representing red circles.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 32 (b), after a predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c have “ "Decoration 4-Decoration 9-Decoration 3" is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t1e in FIG. 19).

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. For this reason, the main control unit 300 acquires the special map 2 acquired at the time t5 to the time t8 prior to the determination of whether or not the special map 1 start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4 that is earlier than the time t5. The start / failure determination of the start information is executed.

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 2 random value set acquired at time t5 after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. As shown in FIG. 32 (c), the special figure 2 display device starts the special figure 1 variable game while reading out from the numerical value storage area and judging whether or not it is correct (for example, as shown in FIG. 32 (c). 214 (time t5s in Fig. 19) At this time, the number of reserved special figure 2 is reduced by 1, so the main control unit 300 erases the data of the special figure 2 random number set stored first. As a result, the rightmost LED of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 is turned off, and in synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 is stored in the storage area “prefetch result 1” of the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit. In addition to erasing the data, the remaining special figure 1 Position is treated as raised repeatedly by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits to the first sub-control unit 400 a command including information such as the start of the special figure 2 variable game, the determination result, the number of hold of the special figure 2 variable game, and the like. As a result, as shown in FIG. 32 (c), the decorative symbols sequentially rotate in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in the left, middle, and right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Also, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 2 holding number has decreased by 1, and controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the holding display image 702d. Further, in order to notify that the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the characters “Yoshimune Zone” in the effect display area 208d, and Yoshimune is displayed from left to right below it. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continue to display a moving image that continues to run toward.

  Although illustration is omitted, the pachinko machine 100 performs notification of the determination result of the special figure 2 variable game and processing substantially the same as that described in FIG. 26 (b) and FIG. 26 (c). 1 is replaced with special figure 2), and the special figure 2 random number values obtained at time t6 to time t8, respectively, and special figure 2 obtained at time t9 within the interval period between time t5e and time t6s. A set of random values (see FIG. 19) is processed in the order of “win / fail judgment → special figure 2 variable game → win / fail judgment result notification”. A special figure 2 random value set is acquired at time t10 within the execution period of the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 random value set at the acquisition time t6 (see FIG. 19).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 stops displaying on the special figure 2 display device 214 the success / failure determination result of the special figure 2 variable game based on the special figure 2 random number set acquired at the acquisition time t9, and then for a predetermined period. After the elapse of time, the special figure 2 random value set acquired at time t10 is read from the special figure 2 random value storage area to determine whether or not it is true (for example, the symbol variation time is relatively long (the stop symbol is “special” 32 (d), the special figure 2 display device 214 is controlled to start the special figure 2 variable game (time t10s in FIG. 19). Therefore, the main controller 300 erases the data stored in the special figure 2 random number set stored first, and as a result, the leftmost LED of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 is turned off. In synchronism, the main control unit 300 is for special figure 2 To erase data stored in the storage area "look ahead Results 1" reading result storage unit.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits to the first sub-control unit 400 a command including information such as the start of the special figure 2 variable game, the determination result, the number of hold of the special figure 2 variable game, and the like. As a result, as shown in FIG. 32 (d), the decorative symbols sequentially rotate in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in the left, middle, and right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. In addition, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 2 hold number has decreased by 1, and controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the hold display image 702a.

  Also, during the special figure 2 variable game, special figure 2 start information is acquired (time t11 in FIG. 19), and as shown in FIG. 32 (d), the leftmost LED of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 emits red light. And turn on. The acquired special figure 2 start information is prefetched. For example, the main control unit 300 pre-determines that, for example, the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t11 is off (for example, the stop symbol is “special figure I”), and the storage area “ “Special figure I” is stored in “prefetch result 1”. Further, the main control unit 300 transmits a prefetch result information command including information on the prior determination result to the first sub control unit 400. As shown in FIG. 32D, the first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display the hold display image 702a in the special figure 2 hold display area 802a. Since the pre-read result of the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t11 is out of date, the hold display image 702a is, for example, an image representing a red circle.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 32 (e), after the elapse of a predetermined time, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c have “ “Decoration 6-Decoration 7-Decoration 2” is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 2 variable game is out of place (time t10e in FIG. 19).

  Although the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 that triggered the execution of the first prefetch effect at time t10e has not been determined to be correct, the first sub-control unit 400, for example, at the time of the special figure 2 variable game start It is determined that the special figure 2 variable game has been executed six times and the first forced termination condition has been satisfied, and the first prefetch effect is forcibly terminated at approximately the same time as time t10e ("Yoshimune zone" at time te in FIG. 19). Changes from “ON” to “OFF”). Thus, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment digests the special figure 1 start information that triggered the start of the first look-ahead effect when the number of executions of the special figure 2 variable game reaches the set number of times. The first prefetch effect is ended before.

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 2 random number set acquired at time t11 after the elapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214. As shown in FIG. 32 (f), as shown in FIG. 32 (f), the special figure 2 display device starts the special figure 2 variable game. 214 is controlled (time t11s in FIG. 19). At this time, since the number of reserved special figure 2 is decreased by 1, the main control unit 300 erases the data of the special figure 2 random number set stored first. As a result, the leftmost LED of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 is turned off. In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 erases the data stored in the storage area “prefetching result 1” of the prefetching result storage unit for special figure 2.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits to the first sub-control unit 400 a command including information such as the start of the special figure 2 variable game, the determination result, the number of hold of the special figure 2 variable game, and the like. As a result, as shown in FIG. 32 (f), the decorative symbols sequentially rotate in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in the left, middle, and right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. In addition, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 2 hold number has decreased by 1, and controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the hold display image 702a. In addition, since the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is forcibly terminated, a background image representing the seaside that is normally used is displayed in the effect display area 208 d of the decorative symbol display device 208.

  The pachinko machine 100 is configured to select a variation time relatively shorter than that of the non-electric support in FIG. The jackpot may be determined when a relatively long variation (for example, super reach) is selected in the determination of whether or not the special figure 2 in FIG.

  Next, a specific example of the special figure variable game using the notice effect corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. 22A will be described with reference to FIGS. FIGS. 33 (a) to 35 (d) show the display state and the like of the decorative symbol display device 208 in the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in time series from the top to the bottom of the figure. Yes. 33 (a) to 35 (d), the decorative symbol display device 208, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 indicating the holding state of the special figure 1 variable game, and the special figure 1 for displaying the special figure 1 variable game. A display 212, a special figure 2 holding lamp 220 indicating the holding state of the special figure 2 variable game, and a special figure 2 display device 214 for displaying the special figure 2 variable game are shown. 33 (a) to 35 (d), in order to facilitate understanding, the decorative symbol display device 208, the first special figure hold lamp 218, the special figure 1 display device 212, the second special figure hold lamp 220, the special figure. The relative arrangement relationship of the two display devices 214 is shown differently from that shown in FIG. In each of FIGS. 33A to 35D, a decorative symbol display device 208 is shown in the center, and a special symbol 1 holding lamp 218 and a special symbol 2 holding lamp 220 are arranged at the lower right of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 display device 212 and the special figure 2 display device 214 are shown side by side below.

  The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is composed of four LEDs so as to display up to four hold states of the special figure 1 variable game. The four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 correspond to the special figure 1 variable game with the early holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is configured to turn on, for example, red LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 1 variable games in order from the left of the four LEDs, and turn off the others. In the figure, the state where the special figure 1 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is composed of four LEDs so that up to four hold states of the special figure 2 variable game can be displayed. The four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 correspond to the special figure 2 variable game with a fast holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is configured such that the LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 2 variable games are turned on in red, for example, and the others are turned off sequentially from the left of the four LEDs. In the figure, the state where the special figure 2 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  As shown in FIG. 33 (a), the special symbol display device 212 executes the special symbol 1 variable game, and the decorative symbol display device 208 has a left symbol display region 208a, a middle symbol display region 208b, and a right symbol display region 208c. In each of these areas, a decorative symbol variation display is executed in which the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the drawing (time t0s in FIG. 22A). At this time, the four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 are turned off, and the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games are not held. It should be noted that the special figure 2 display device 214 maintains a stop display of the special symbol “Special Figure I” relating to the special figure 2 variable game executed previously.

  Also, since the special figure 1 and special figure 2 variable games are not on hold, the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d and the special figure 2 hold display area provided in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208. In 802a to 802d, no hold display image is displayed. Further, at the present time, the control state of the pachinko machine 100 is a normal gaming state (for example, a non-electric support state), and the notice effect is not executed. Is displayed.

  After that, after the elapse of a predetermined time, four pieces of special figure 1 start information are acquired (time t1 to time t4 in FIG. 22A), and the four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 emit red light and are lit. It becomes. Further, the acquired special figure 1 start information is prefetched. The main control unit 300 pre-determines, for example, that the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t1 to time t3 is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. For example, the start information is pre-determined as a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and this pre-determined result is assigned “Special Figure I” to the storage area “Pre-read Result 1” of the pre-read result storage unit for Special Figure 1. “Special Figure I” is stored in “Prefetch Result 2”, “Special Figure I” is stored in “Prefetch Result 3”, and “Special Figure A” is stored in “Prefetch Result 4”. Further, the main control unit 300 transmits a prefetch result information command including information on the prior determination result to the first sub control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display the hold display images 701a to 701d as the second look-ahead effects in the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d. . Since the pre-read results of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t1 to the acquisition time t3 are out of date, the hold display images 701a to 701c are, for example, images representing red circles. Since the prefetch result of the special figure 1 start information at the acquisition time t4 is a big hit, the hold display image 701d is an image representing a sword, for example.

  Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the execution start time, execution period, execution end time, and effect mode similar to the first look-ahead effect in the timing chart shown in FIG. Furthermore, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first forced end condition and the second forced end condition for the notice effect under the same conditions as described in FIG.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 starts a preliminary notice for shifting to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. For example, as shown in FIG. 33 (c), the preliminary notice has an outer shape of Yoshimune in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the character “Yoshimune” is displayed in the center. Next, as shown in FIG. 33 (d), the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 descends to the front from the upper side of the decorative symbol display device 208 and stops in front of the middle symbol display area 208b. It is a series of productions. The preliminary notice effect movable body 720 is a combination of a family crest and a character “Yoshimune” in the center. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 via the second sub-control unit 500. When the Yoshimune symbols are arranged in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is confirmed. The pachinko machine 100 displays the Yoshimune design that is different from the normal decoration design before the start of the special figure 1 look-ahead effect, so that the player's expectation to shift to the exclusive mode of the notice effect is expected. It has become.

  The first sub-control unit 400 starts the “Yoshimune zone” as the special figure 1 pre-reading effect after the predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the preliminary notice (“Yoshimune zone” is displayed at the time ts in FIG. 22A). Change from “OFF” to “ON”). As shown in FIG. 33 (e), at the start of the first look-ahead effect, the characters “Yoshimune Zone Entry” are displayed above the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, and Yoshimune is on the left below it. A moving image that continues to run to the right is displayed. As shown in FIG. 33 (f), the character “Yoshimune zone entry” displayed in the effect display area 208 d is then changed to the character “Yoshimune zone”, and the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued in the display state. The The pachinko machine 100 notifies the player that the special display 1 look-ahead effect (Yoshimune zone) has shifted to the exclusive mode of the notice effect by making the background display different from the normal display.

  As shown in FIGS. 33 (c) to 33 (f), the hold display images 701a to 701d are displayed in the special display 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d even if the preliminary notice effect or the special figure 1 prefetch effect is started. It continues to be displayed. Also, as shown in FIG. 33 (f), the decorative symbol variation display is re-displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c after a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special symbol 1 pre-reading effect.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 33 (g), the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212, and "decoration 3-decoration 6-" is displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b and 208c. "Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t0e in FIG. 22A).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 1 random number set stored first after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. As shown in FIG. 33 (h), the special figure 1 display device is started so as to start the special figure 1 variable game while reading from the numerical value storage area and determining whether or not it is correct (for example, as shown in FIG. 33 (h). 212 (time t1s in Fig. 22 (a)) At this time, the number of reserved special figure 1 is decremented by 1, so that the main control unit 300 stores the data of the special figure 1 random number group stored first. As a result, the rightmost LED of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 is turned off, and the main control unit 300 synchronizes with this in the storage area “prefetch result 1” of the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit. Erase the stored data and the remaining special figure 1 pre-read data Order is processed as raised repeatedly by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits a command including information such as the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the determination result, and the number of the special figure 1 variable game on hold to the first sub control part 400. As a result, as shown in FIG. 33 (h), the decorative symbols sequentially rotate in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in the left, middle, and right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 1 hold number has decreased by 1, changes the hold display image 701c from a red circle image to an image representing a sword, and deletes the hold display image 701d. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled as described above. Further, in order to notify that the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the characters “Yoshimune Zone” in the effect display area 208d, and Yoshimune is displayed from left to right below it. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continue to display a moving image that continues to run toward.

  After that, after the elapse of a predetermined time, four special figure 2 start information is acquired (time t5 to time t8 in FIG. 22 (a)), and the four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 emit red light and are lit. It becomes. The acquired special figure 2 start information is prefetched. The main control unit 300 pre-determines, for example, that the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t5, time t7, and time t8 is, for example, out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and is acquired at time t6. The special figure 2 start information is pre-determined, for example, as a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is "special figure A"), and this pre-determined result is stored in the storage area "prefetch result 1" of the special figure 2 prefetch result storage section. “I”, “Special Figure A” in “Prefetch Result 2”, “Special Figure I” in “Prefetch Result 3”, and “Special Figure I” in “Prefetch Result 4”, respectively. Further, the main control unit 300 transmits a prefetch result information command including information on the prior determination result to the first sub control unit 400. As shown in FIG. 34A, the first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command displays the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to display the hold display images 702a to 702d in the special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d. To control. The first sub-control unit 400 is configured to display the hold display image related to the jackpot of the special figure 2 only in a period in which the first look-ahead effect is not continued, in a display mode (for example, a sword image) based on the advance notice. However, since the first look-ahead effect is currently being performed, the decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as not to display the hold display image 702b in the display mode according to the notice. Thereby, although the prefetch result of the special figure 2 start information at the acquisition time t6 is a big hit, the hold display image 702b corresponding to the start information is not an image showing a sword but an image showing a red circle. As a result, as shown in FIG. 34A, the hold display images 702a to 702d are all images representing, for example, red circles.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 34 (b), after a predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c have “ Decoration 4-Decoration 9-Decoration 3 "is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t1e in FIG. 22A).

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a special figure 2 priority change gaming machine. For this reason, the main control unit 300 acquires the special map 2 acquired at the time t5 to the time t8 prior to the determination of whether or not the special map 1 start information acquired at the time t2 to the time t4 that is earlier than the time t5. The start / failure determination of the start information is executed.

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 2 random value set acquired at time t5 after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. As shown in FIG. 34 (c), the special figure 2 display device starts the special figure 2 variable game while reading from the numerical value storage area and judging whether or not it is correct (for example, as shown in FIG. 34C). 214 (time t5s in Fig. 22 (a)) At this time, the number of reserved special figure 2 is decremented by 1, so that the main control unit 300 sets the data of the special figure 2 random number set stored first. As a result, the rightmost LED of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 is turned off, and in synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 stores the prefetch result 1 storage area in the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit. In addition to erasing the stored data, the remaining special figure 1 Other order is processed as raised repeatedly by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits to the first sub-control unit 400 a command including information such as the start of the special figure 2 variable game, the determination result, the number of hold of the special figure 2 variable game, and the like. As a result, as shown in FIG. 34 (c), the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated and moved in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in each of the left middle right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Also, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 2 holding number has decreased by 1, and controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the holding display image 702d. Further, in order to notify that the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the characters “Yoshimune Zone” in the effect display area 208d, and Yoshimune is displayed from left to right below it. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continue to display a moving image that continues to run toward.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 34 (d), after a predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214, and the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, and 208c have “ "Decoration 6-Decoration 7-Decoration 2" is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is out of place (time t5e in FIG. 22A).

  The main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 displays the special figure 2 random number set stored first after the lapse of a predetermined period after the special figure I is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214. As shown in FIG. 34 (e), the special figure 2 display device is configured to start the special figure 2 variable game while reading from the numerical value storage area and determining whether or not the game is successful (for example, the big hit (the stop symbol is "Special Figure A") 214 (time t6s in Fig. 22 (a)) At this time, the number of reserved special figure 2 is reduced by 1, so that the main control unit 300 stores the data of the special figure 2 random number set stored first. As a result, the third LED from the left of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 is extinguished in synchronism with this, the main control unit 300 synchronizes the storage area “prefetching of the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit. The data stored in “Result 1” is erased, and the remaining special figure 2 look-ahead results Order of the data is processed as raised repeatedly by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits to the first sub-control unit 400 a command including information such as the start of the special figure 2 variable game, the determination result, the number of hold of the special figure 2 variable game, and the like. As a result, as shown in FIG. 34 (e), the decorative symbols are sequentially rotated and moved in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawings in the middle left and right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. In addition, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 2 holding number has decreased by 1, and controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the holding display image 702c. Further, in order to notify that the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the characters “Yoshimune Zone” in the effect display area 208d, and Yoshimune is displayed from left to right below it. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to continue to display a moving image that continues to run toward.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special figure 2 variable game, as shown in FIG. 34 (f), the first sub-control unit 400 displays “decoration 7” in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c, The super reach effect that continues the decorative symbol variation display in the middle symbol display area 208b is started.

  Further thereafter, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to change the effect aspect related to the special figure 1 prefetch effect in the effect display area 208d to the effect aspect related to the super reach effect. As shown in FIG. 34 (g), for example, in the decorative symbol display device 208, Yoshimune wins and the swordsman is defeated, as shown in FIG. The moving image to be displayed is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  Also, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 7” in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c and the decorative symbol variation in the middle symbol display area 208b while Yoshimune and the swordsman are facing a duel. Continue to display. Further, the decoration symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 7” in the middle symbol display area 208d and “decoration 7− in the middle left and right symbol display areas 208a to 208c so that Yoshimune wins the duel. “Decoration 7-Decoration 7” is displayed for a predetermined period in a fluctuation state (see FIG. 34H).

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 35 (a), the pachinko machine 100 displays the confirmation of “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, thereby displaying the special figure 2 variable game. Is a big hit (time t6e in FIG. 22A). Further, since the special figure 2 variable game is a big hit, the second forced termination condition is satisfied, and the first sub-control unit 400 switches the effect display area 208d to the background image related to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, and then the background. The display of the image is terminated (“Yoshimune zone” changes from “ON” to “OFF” at time te in FIG. 22A). In addition, the first sub-control unit 400 stores special figure prefetch result information regarding the hold display images 701a to 701c and the hold display images 702a and 702b in the RAM 408 based on the reception of the symbol stop command of the special figure A. It may be erased from the area. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 may be configured to overwrite the content of the hold number information transmitted together with the command with the hold number information stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 and update it.

  Thereafter, the main control unit 300 starts a big hit game (time t9 in FIG. 22A) and transmits a winning effect command to the first sub-control unit 400. As shown in FIG. 35 (b), the first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command displays an effect related to the jackpot game (in this example, an effect using a character image of “hit!”) In the effect display area. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to be displayed on 208d. Thereafter, the main control unit 300 ends the big hit game and transmits an end effect start command to the first sub control unit 400. As shown in FIG. 35 (c), the first sub-control unit 400 that received the command produces a jackpot game end effect (in this example, an effect using a character image of “hit end ST70 times!”). The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to be displayed in the display area 208d. As shown in FIGS. 35B and 35C, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so as not to display the hold display image during the big hit game. .

  When the big hit game ends, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 changes the control state from the normal game state to a specific game state (for example, during electric support), and sends a command including control state information to the first sub-control unit. 400. The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command starts an effect dedicated to the specific gaming state (in this example, a large board behavior mode), as shown in FIG. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 displays the ST number display unit 254 in the liquid crystal display screen above the effect display area 208d, together with an image of Yoshimune holding a thousand boxes in the effect display area 208d and giving out oval to the people in the castle town. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to display the remaining number “69” of the special figure variable game that can be changed during the ST in details).

  Further, the main control unit 300 reads the special figure 2 random value set acquired at time t7 from the special figure 2 random value storage area after a predetermined period of time has elapsed from the end of the jackpot game, and determines whether or not it is true ( For example, as shown in Fig. 35 (d), the special figure 2 display device 214 is controlled to start the special figure 2 variable game, as shown in Fig. 35 (d). Since the number of holdings is reduced by 1, the main control unit 300 erases the data of the pair of the special figure 2 random value stored first, as a result, the third LED from the left of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220. In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 erases the data stored in the storage area “prefetch result 1” of the prefetch result storage unit for special figure 2 and also stores the remaining special figure 2 prefetch result. Processing is performed so that the data rank is increased by one.

  In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 transmits to the first sub-control unit 400 a command including information such as the start of the special figure 2 variable game, the determination result, the number of hold of the special figure 2 variable game, and the like. As a result, as shown in FIG. 35 (d), the decorative symbols sequentially rotate in the directions indicated by the downward arrows in the drawing in the left, middle, and right symbol display regions 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The decorative symbol variation display is started. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the special figure 2 holding number has decreased by 1, and controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to erase the holding display image 702b.

  Further, in this example, the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is finished by satisfying the second forced termination condition, and the hold display images 701a to 701c and the hold display stored before receiving the symbol stop command of special figure A are displayed. As shown in FIG. 35 (d), the special figure prefetch result information regarding the images 702a and 702b is erased or overwritten with the content of the pending number information based on the command received after the jackpot game ends. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to change the hold display image 701c displayed by the image representing the sword into a red circle image. Further, in this case, the hold display images 701a to 701c and 702a shown in FIG. 35C are based on the hold number information updated by the hold number information transmitted together with the symbol stop command of the special figure A. Further, even if the special figure prefetch result information regarding the hold display images 701a to 701c and the hold display images 702a and 702b is erased or the content of the hold number information is not overwritten based on the command received after the big hit game ends, The first sub-control unit 400 may control the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to change the hold display image 701c displayed by the image representing the sword into an image of a red circle.

  Next, a specific example of the special figure variable game using the notice effect corresponding to the timing chart shown in FIG. 23 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIGS. 36 (a) to 37 (g) show the display state of the decorative symbol display device 208 in the special figure variable game in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment in time series from the top to the bottom of the figure. Yes. 36 (a) to 37 (g), the decorative symbol display device 208, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 indicating the holding state of the special figure 1 variable game, and the special figure 1 for displaying the special figure 1 variable game are displayed. A display 212, a special figure 2 holding lamp 220 indicating the holding state of the special figure 2 variable game, and a special figure 2 display device 214 for displaying the special figure 2 variable game are shown. 36 (a) to 37 (g), in order to facilitate understanding, the decorative symbol display device 208, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the special figure 1 display device 212, the second special figure holding lamp 220, and the special figure. The relative arrangement relationship of the two display devices 214 is shown differently from that shown in FIG. 36 (a) to 37 (g), a decorative symbol display device 208 is shown at the center, and a special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and a special figure 2 holding lamp 220 are arranged at the lower right of the decorative symbol display device 208. The special figure 1 display device 212 and the special figure 2 display device 214 are shown side by side below.

  The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is composed of four LEDs so as to display up to four hold states of the special figure 1 variable game. The four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 correspond to the special figure 1 variable game with the early holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 1 hold lamp 218 is configured to turn on, for example, red LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 1 variable games in order from the left of the four LEDs, and turn off the others. In the figure, the state where the special figure 1 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is composed of four LEDs so that up to four hold states of the special figure 2 variable game can be displayed. The four LEDs of the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 correspond to the special figure 2 variable game with a fast holding order in order from the left to the right in the figure. The special figure 2 hold lamp 220 is configured such that the LEDs corresponding to the number of the special figure 2 variable games are turned on in red, for example, and the others are turned off sequentially from the left of the four LEDs. In the figure, the state where the special figure 2 variable game is held is indicated by a black circle, and the state where the special game is not held is indicated by a white circle.

  As shown in FIG. 36 (a), the special figure I which is the result of determining whether or not the previous special figure 1 variable game is successful is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212, and the special figure 2 is displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214. The special figure I, which is a result of determining whether or not the special figure 2 variable game is executed before the one variable game, is stopped and displayed. Further, “decoration 6-decoration 7-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decoration symbol display device 208, and the normally displayed seaside is displayed in the effect display area 208d. Images are displayed, and no hold display images are displayed in the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d and the special figure 2 hold display areas 802a to 802d.

  The main control unit 300 determines whether or not the special figure 1 start information (time t0 in FIG. 23) acquired at this time is correct (for example, the big hit (the stop symbol is “special figure A”)), and FIG. As shown in the figure, the special figure 1 display device 212 is controlled to start the special figure 1 variable game (time t0s in FIG. 23), and the main control unit 300 starts the special figure 1 variable game and determines whether or not the game is successful. And a command including information such as the number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

  The first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command, as shown in FIG. 36 (b), has decorative symbols in the left symbol display area 208a, middle symbol display area 208b, and right symbol display area 208c. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to execute decorative symbol variation display that sequentially rotates in the direction indicated by the downward arrow. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets an execution start time, an execution period, an execution end time, and an effect mode similar to the first prefetch effect in the timing chart shown in FIG. Further, the first sub-control unit 400 sets the first forced end condition and the second forced end condition for the notice effect under the same conditions as described in FIG. 23, for example.

  After that, after the elapse of a predetermined time, four pieces of special figure 1 start information are acquired (time t1 to time t4 in FIG. 23), and the four LEDs of the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 emit red light and turn on. Further, the acquired special figure 1 start information is prefetched. The main control unit 300 pre-determines, for example, that the special figure 1 start information acquired at time t1 to time t3 is out of place (for example, the stop symbol is “Special Figure I”), and the special figure 1 acquired at time t4. For example, the start information is pre-determined as a big hit (for example, the stop symbol is “special drawing A”). “Special Figure I” is stored in “Prefetch Result 2”, “Special Figure I” is stored in “Prefetch Result 3”, and “Special Figure A” is stored in “Prefetch Result 4”. Further, the main control unit 300 transmits a prefetch result information command including information on the prior determination result to the first sub control unit 400.

  The first sub control unit 400 that has received the command controls the decorative symbol display device 208 to display the hold display images 701a to 701d in the special figure 1 hold display areas 801a to 801d. The first sub-control unit 400 represents the red circle without using the image representing the sword because the special figure 1 pre-reading effect has already been set even if the received command includes the jackpot prior determination result. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled to display the hold display images 701a to 701d of the images.

  After a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special figure 1 variable game, the first sub-control unit 400 starts a preliminary notice for shifting to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (c), the preliminary notice has an outline of Yoshimune in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the character “Yoshimune” is displayed in the center. Then, as shown in FIG. 36 (d), the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 descends from the upper side of the decorative symbol display device 208 to the front, and stops before the middle symbol display area 208b. It is a series of productions. The preliminary notice effect movable body 720 is a combination of a family crest and a character “Yoshimune” in the center. The first sub-control unit 400 controls the preliminary notice effect movable body 720 via the second sub-control unit 500. When the Yoshimune symbols are arranged in each of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is confirmed. The pachinko machine 100 displays the Yoshimune design that is different from the normal decoration design before the start of the special figure 1 look-ahead effect, so that the player's expectation to shift to the exclusive mode of the notice effect is expected. It has become.

  After a lapse of a predetermined time from the start of the preliminary notice, the first sub-control unit 400 starts the “Yoshimune zone” as the special figure 1 pre-reading effect (“Yoshimune zone” is “OFF” at time ts in FIG. 23). To "ON"). As shown in FIG. 36 (e), at the start of the first look-ahead effect, the characters “Yoshimune zone entry” are displayed above the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, and Yoshimune is on the left below it. A moving image that continues to run to the right is displayed. As shown in FIG. 36 (f), the character “Yoshimune zone entry” displayed in the effect display area 208d is then changed to the character “Yoshimune zone”, and the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is continued in the display state. The The pachinko machine 100 notifies the player that the special display 1 look-ahead effect (Yoshimune zone) has shifted to the exclusive mode of the notice effect by making the background display different from the normal display.

  As shown in FIGS. 36 (c) to 36 (f), the hold display images 701a to 701d are displayed in the hold display areas 801a to 801d for the special figure 1 even if the preliminary notice effect and the special figure 1 prefetch effect are started. It continues to be displayed. Also, as shown in FIG. 36 (f), the decorative symbol variation display is redisplayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c after a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the special symbol 1 prefetching effect. As shown in FIG. 36F, for example, the special figure 2 start information is acquired after a predetermined time has elapsed since the decorative symbol variation display is redisplayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c (time t5 in FIG. 23). ).

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 36 (g), the first sub-control unit 400 starts the pseudo-continuation after the decorative symbol variation display is redisplayed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, and after a predetermined time has elapsed. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to temporarily stop (pseudo-stop) “decoration 3—decoration 6—decoration 1” in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c.

  As shown in FIG. 36 (h), after the predetermined period has elapsed since the temporary stop, the decorative symbol variation display is resumed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, and after the predetermined time has elapsed, the special figure 2 start information is displayed. Obtained (time t6 in FIG. 23). Thereafter, after a predetermined period of time, the first sub-control unit 400 temporarily stops “decoration 4-decoration 9-decoration 3” in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a, 208b, 208c as shown in FIG. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to perform a “pseudo stop”. During execution of the pseudo-ream starting from FIG. 36 (g), the effect display area 208d has the character image "Yoshimune Zone" and the pre-reading of Special Figure 1 by the moving image where Yoshimune keeps running from left to right below it. Production is being performed.

  As shown in FIG. 37 (b), the decorative symbol variation display is resumed in the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c after a lapse of a predetermined period from the temporary stop, and then the special figure 2 start information is displayed after the lapse of the predetermined time. It is acquired (time t7 in FIG. 23). Thereafter, after a predetermined period of time, as shown in FIG. 37 (c), the first sub-control unit 400 displays “decoration 7” in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c, and displays the decorative symbol variation in the middle symbol display area 208b. Start a super reach production that continues. The special figure 2 start information is acquired after a predetermined time has elapsed since the “decoration 7” is displayed in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c (time t8 in FIG. 23).

  Further thereafter, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the decorative symbol display device 208 so as to change the effect aspect related to the special figure 1 prefetch effect in the effect display area 208d to the effect aspect related to the super reach effect. As shown in FIG. 37 (d), for example, in the decorative symbol display device 208, Yoshimune wins and the swordsman loses, as shown in FIG. The moving image to be displayed is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  Also, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 7” in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c and the decorative symbol variation in the middle symbol display area 208b while Yoshimune and the swordsman are facing a duel. Continue to display. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays “decoration 7” in the middle symbol display area 208d and “decoration 7− in the middle left and right symbol display areas 208a to 208c so that Yoshimune wins the duel. “Decoration 7-Decoration 7” is displayed for a predetermined period in a fluctuation state (see FIG. 37E).

  Thereafter, after a predetermined time has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 37 (f), the pachinko machine 100 displays “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” in the left middle right symbol display areas 208 a to 208 c. It is notified that the special figure 1 variable game is a big hit (time t0e in FIG. 23). Further, the first sub-control unit 400 switches the effect display area 208d to the background image related to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, and then ends the display of the background image (the “Yoshimune zone” is “ON at time te in FIG. 23). ”To“ OFF ”).

  Thereafter, the main control unit 300 starts a jackpot game and transmits a winning effect command to the first sub-control unit 400. As shown in FIG. 37 (g), the first sub-control unit 400 that has received the command displays an effect relating to the jackpot game (in this example, an effect using a character image of “hit!”) In the effect display area. The decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled so as to be displayed on 208d.

  In this example, the hold display image is displayed during execution of super reach. However, the hold display image may not be displayed during execution of super reach. In this example, the hold display image is not displayed during the execution of the big hit game from the start of the big hit game, but the hold display image may be displayed during the execution of the big hit game from the start of the big hit game.

  FIG. 38 shows a change example of the background image accompanying the mode change in the normal gaming state. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, for example, three modes are sequentially changed in the normal gaming state. The pachinko machine 100 is, for example, a mode in which the seaside background image shown in the upper part of the figure is used, a mode in which the grassland background image shown in the interruption in the figure is used, and a mode in which the background image of the castle town shown in the lower part of the figure is used. have. The pachinko machine 100 is configured to repeatedly change modes in the order of “seaside → grassland → castle town → seaside” as indicated by arrows in the figure. This mode change is made based on, for example, the number of changes in the special figure variable game. For example, after the mode change, when the special figure 1 variable game and the special figure 2 variable game are executed 20 times in total, the mode is changed to the next mode.

  The pachinko machine 100 may set the predetermined number of times by associating the forced end condition of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect with the frequency of the mode change. The pachinko machine 100 may be set so that, for example, when the special figure variable game is executed 15 times after the mode change, the first forced termination condition is satisfied when the special figure variable game is executed five times. . Alternatively, when the pachinko machine 100 decides to start the special figure 1 prefetching effect, the pachinko machine 100 resets the count number of the special figure variable game of this mode change to 0, and the same number as the mode change is executed (this example) Then, it may be set so that the first forced termination condition is satisfied when the special figure variation game of 20 times is executed.

  Further, when the mode is changed when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the pachinko machine 100 performs a mode change lottery or the like in the first sub-control unit 400 even during the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, and the lottery is won. Based on that, the special figure 1 pre-reading effect may be forcibly terminated.

[Second Embodiment]
Next, a pachinko machine 100 according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has the same configuration and control system as the configuration and control system of the pachinko machine 100 described with reference to FIGS. Further, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, like the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment, has an open state in which a game ball can enter the special figure 2 start opening 232, and a special figure 2 start opening. For example, the wing member 232a is configured to be able to take either a closed state where the game ball cannot enter or is difficult to enter 232, and, for example, the wing member is based on the fact that the game is won in the usual variable game. 232a has variable member opening / closing control means (for example, CPU 304, normal state update processing (step S221)) for controlling the 232a from the closed state to the open state, and further performs a predetermined notification operation. 250d (details will be described later), the speaker 120, and a state in which the variable member opening / closing control means is controlling the blade member 232a to be closed (for example, electric chew open) When the first number of game balls enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 in the permission-off state or the electric-chu opening / closing-off state (details will be described later), for example, an abnormality notification operation (details will be described later) according to the third notification operation mode. And a notification operation control means (for example, the CPU 404, the abnormality notification operation process shown in Fig. 39) for controlling the notification means so as to execute the following description of the abnormality notification mode in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 52.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment performs a first abnormality notification operation when a first number of game balls illegally enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 during a specific game state (for example, during electric support). When a second number of gaming balls exceeding the first number enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 in a normal gaming state (for example, during non-electric support), the second abnormality notification operation is executed. It is like that. The pachinko machine 100 is configured to vary the execution mode of the abnormality notification operation according to the gaming state. In this illegal entry, for example, the special figure 2 starting port 232 has some external factors (for example, a clogged ball (grape generation) by a bona fide player, an illegal remodeling action of the pachinko machine 100 by an unauthorized player, a wing member 232a This corresponds to a case where the blade member 232a is kept open due to a failure or the like.

  FIG. 39 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a flow of abnormality notification operation processing in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment. The abnormality notification operation process is executed, for example, in the command process (step S407), the sound control process (step S415), and the lamp control process (step S417) in the first sub control unit main process shown in FIG. ing. Also, the abnormality notification operation process is executed when the first sub control unit 400 causes the CPU 404 to control the RAM 408 and the like.

  In step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process, first, it is determined whether or not there has been an illegal entry at the special figure 2 starting port 232. For example, a state in which the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 performs control to close the blade member 232a by the normal state update process (step S221) of the main control unit timer interrupt process (for example, described later in FIG. 41). If the command transmitted from the main control unit 300 in the electric chew release permission off state or the electric chew open / closed off state includes information indicating that the special figure 2 starting port 232 has been won (first sub-control) Command processing (step S407)), for example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that there has been an illegal ball entry at the special figure 2 starting port 232, and proceeds to step S1203. On the other hand, for example, the main control is performed in a state where the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 performs control to open the blade member 232a (for example, an electric chew opening permission on state or an electric chew opening / closing on state described later in FIG. 41). Information indicating that a special command 2 start port 232 has been won in the command transmitted from the unit 300, or there is no win in the special diagram 2 start port 232 regardless of the open / closed control state of the blade member 232a. Is included (command processing (step S407)), for example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that there is no illegal entry at the special figure 2 starting port 232, and performs steps S1203 to S1210 described later. The abnormality notification operation process is terminated without executing.

  For example, the command transmitted from the main control unit 300 in the command processing (step S407) includes information indicating that the normal operation is not performed, or information indicating that the normal operation is being performed. When the signal for holding the blade member 232a in the closed state or the information indicating that the blade member 232a is closed is included, the first sub-control unit 400 causes the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 to switch the blade member 232a. It is judged that it is in the state which is performing control which makes it a closed state. Further, for example, in the command processing (step S407), the command transmitted from the main control unit 300 includes information indicating that the normal operation is being performed and control for causing the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 to open the blade member 232a. If the information indicating the state being performed is included, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 is in a state of performing control to open the blade member 232a. It has become.

  In step S1203 following step S1201, it is determined whether or not the current control state is a specific gaming state. For example, if the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the current control state is, for example, electric support (during a normal high probability state) and is a specific gaming state, the first sub-control unit 400 does not execute Step S1205 and Step S1207 described later. If the process proceeds to step S1209 and it is determined that the current control state is not, for example, the current support state and not the specific game state, the process proceeds to step S1205.

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is transmitted from the main control unit 300 when the value of the hourly flag, for example, stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 is “1” and the value of the big hit gaming flag is “0”. For example, if the command does not include information indicating that the current control state is the non-electric support state and that the jackpot game is in progress (including the jackpot game start), or the value of the time flag is “0”. In addition, the value of the big hit game flag is “0” and the command transmitted from the main control unit 300 includes, for example, information indicating that the current control state is the electric support state, and the big hit game is in progress ( Information indicating that the jackpot game starts) is included, or the value of the hourly flag is “0” and the flag of the jackpot game is “1” and the main control unit 300 Any of the cases where the transmitted command includes information indicating that the current control state is the electric support state and includes information indicating that the jackpot game is not in progress (including the jackpot game end) If it is determined that it corresponds to the above, it is determined that the current control state is the specific game state. The value of the hourly flag is set to “1” when the electric support is in progress, and the value of the hourly flag is set to “0” when the non-electric support is not in the electric support. In this case, the value of the big hit gaming flag is set to “1”, and when the big hit gaming is not in progress, the value of the big hit gaming flag is set to “0”.

  On the other hand, the first sub-control unit 400 transmits, for example, from the main control unit 300 when the value of the hourly flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 is “1” and the value of the big hit gaming flag is “0”. For example, if the current control state includes information indicating that the current control state is a non-electric support state or that a big hit game is in progress (including the start of a big hit game), or the value of the short time flag is “ The value of “0” and the big hit game flag is “0” and the command transmitted from the main control unit 300 indicates that, for example, the current control state is the electric support state or the big hit game (including the big hit game start). Or a command transmitted from the main control unit 300 with the value of the time-short flag being “0” and the value of the big hit gaming flag being “1”, for example, the current control is not included. If it is determined that the state is a non-electric support state and information indicating that the jackpot game is not in progress (including the jackpot game end) is included, the current control state is not a specific gaming state. It comes to judge.

  In step S1205 following step S1203, it is determined whether or not the current control state is a normal gaming state. For example, in the first sub-control unit 400, the current control state is, for example, non-electric support (ordinary low probability state), or the variable prize opening 234 is inactive (the door member 234a is closed). If it is determined that the game state is the normal game state, the process proceeds to step S1207. If it is determined that the current control state is, for example, the variable prize opening 234 is in the operating state (the door member 234a is in the open state) and is in the special game state, Steps S1207 to S1210 are not executed, and the abnormality notification operation process is terminated.

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is transmitted from the main control unit 300, for example, the value of the hourly flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 is “0” and the value of the big hit gaming flag is “0”. For example, when the command does not include information indicating that the big hit game is started or the door member 234a is in the open state, or the value of the short time flag is “0” and the value of the big hit game flag is “1” The command transmitted from the main control unit 300 includes, for example, information indicating that the current control state is the non-electric support state, and that the big hit game is ended or the door member 234a is in the closed state. If it is determined that any of the cases where the information shown is included, it is determined that the current control state is the normal gaming state.

  On the other hand, the first sub-control unit 400 transmits, for example, from the main control unit 300 when the value of the hourly flag stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 is “0” and the value of the big hit gaming flag is “0”. For example, if the command includes information indicating that the current control state is a jackpot game (including the start of a jackpot game), or the value of the short-time flag is “0” and the jackpot game flag is For example, if the value is “1” and the command transmitted from the main control unit 300 is, for example, the current control state is a non-electric support state and the current control state is a big hit game end or the door member 234a is closed. If it is determined that it corresponds to one of the cases where the information indicating that is not included, it is determined that the current control state is not the normal gaming state but the special gaming state.

  In step S1207 subsequent to step S1205, it is determined whether or not there is a predetermined number or more of illegal balls in the special figure 2 starting port 232. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 is in a state of performing control for closing the blade member 232a until it is determined that the state has ended. If it is determined that the number of illegal balls entered into the special figure 2 starting port 232 included in the command transmitted from the main control unit 300 is a predetermined number (for example, two) or more, the process proceeds to step S1209, and the number of illegal balls entered. Shifts to step S1210.

  The processing in step S1207 is provided to make a difference between the specific gaming state and the normal gaming state with respect to the number of illegally entered balls until the abnormality notification operation in the same manner is executed. In the present embodiment, for example, when one illegal ball is detected in the specific gaming state, the abnormality notification operation is executed, so the predetermined number is set to two, for example. The predetermined number of setting values is not limited to this, and if the number of fraudulent balls for executing an abnormality notification operation in the same manner is set to be larger in the normal gaming state than in the specific gaming state For example, it may be the upper limit number of holdings or a predetermined number (for example, 10).

  For example, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to cumulatively add the number of game balls that have been illegally entered into the special figure 2 starting port 232 and store the accumulated number in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408. For example, the first sub-control unit 400 adds the number of illegally entered balls determined in step S1201 to the number of illegally entered balls stored in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 408 and stores it again in the original storage area. . For example, the first sub-control unit 400 determines whether the period from when it is determined that the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 is controlling the blade member 232a to the closed state until it is determined that the state has ended. If any of the measures against the illegal entry (for example, the cancellation of the clogged state or the illegal modification) is applied, the number of the entrances stored in the RAM 408 is reset to zero. The pachinko machine 100 may be configured to reset the number of entered balls stored in the RAM 408 to 0 based on the winning of the power interruption / recovery or special figure fluctuation game.

  In step S1209 subsequent to step S1203 or step S1207, an abnormality notification operation according to the second notification operation mode is executed. In step S1209 subsequent to step S1203, the first sub-control unit 400 determines, for example, that a game ball has illegally entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 in the specific game state, and for example, sound control of the first sub-control unit main process In the process (step S415) and the lamp control process (step S417), a first abnormality notification operation (details will be described later) in the second notification operation mode is executed, and the abnormality notification operation process is terminated. In step S1209 after step S1207, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that a predetermined number or more of game balls have illegally entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 in the normal gaming state, for example, first sub-control, for example. In the sound control process (step S415) and the lamp control process (step S417) of the main part process, a second abnormality notification operation (details will be described later) according to the second notification operation mode is executed, and the abnormality notification operation process is terminated.

  In step S1210 following step S1207, an abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode is executed. For example, if the first sub control unit 400 determines that less than a predetermined number of game balls have entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 in the normal gaming state (No in step S1207), for example, the first sub control unit main process In the lamp control process (step S417), a third abnormality notification operation (details will be described later) in the first notification operation mode is executed, and the abnormality notification operation process is terminated.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the abnormality notification operation mode in the normal gaming state is substantially the same as the abnormality notification operation mode in the specific gaming state. It is set to be larger than the number of illegal pitches in the state.

  In the present embodiment, the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400 causes the first number (for example, one) of game balls to illegally enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 in a specific gaming state (for example, the electric support state). Or a second number (for example, two) of game balls, which is a predetermined number greater than the first number in the normal gaming state (for example, non-electric support state), illegally enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 When a ball is formed, for example, an abnormality notification operation according to the second notification operation mode is executed. Further, in the present embodiment, the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400 uses the second notification operation mode when the first number of game balls illegally enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the normal game state. For example, a third abnormality notification operation is performed in a first notification operation mode having a relatively short notification operation time than the abnormality notification operation. Since the execution period of the third abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode is relatively short, a function as a warning notification performed prior to the abnormality notification operation according to the second notification operation mode may be exhibited.

  Next, the notification mode of the abnormality notification operation will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 40 is an example of a notification mode determination table for abnormality notification operation stored in the ROM 406, for example. As shown in FIG. 40, the abnormality notification operation is classified into four types of first to fourth notification operation modes. The first notification operation mode is a notification mode that is selected when the third abnormality notification operation is executed in step S1210 in the abnormality notification operation process. In the first notification operation mode, a predetermined lamp for lighting (for example, lamps 250a to 250d described later) that is turned on or blinking is turned off for 0.5 seconds and an ST number display section (for example, a plurality of segments) (for example, This is a mode in which all the segments of the ST number display section 256) to be described later are in a non-light emitting state for 0.5 seconds.

  The second notification operation mode is a notification mode that is selected when the first or second abnormality notification operation is executed in step S1209 in the abnormality notification operation process. In the second notification operation mode, the predetermined lamp for lighting that is turned on or blinking is turned off for 10 seconds, all the segments of the ST number display unit are turned off for 10 seconds, and a predetermined audio output unit (for example, , A predetermined error sound (for example, “Illegal prize error!” Etc.) is output from the speaker 120) for 10 seconds.

  In the present embodiment, if there is an illegal entry of a game ball at the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the normal gaming state, first, the third abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode is executed (in the abnormality notification operation process). In step S1207 No and step S1210), if there is further illegal entry of game balls at the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the normal game state after that, the first notification operation mode is used until the number of illegal entry reaches a predetermined number. When the third abnormality notification operation is repeatedly executed and the number of illegally entered balls is equal to or greater than the predetermined number, the turn-off time of the predetermined effect lamp and the non-light-emitting time of all the segments of the ST number display unit are from the first notification operation mode. The second abnormality notification operation is performed by the second notification operation mode by voice using a long and predetermined sound output unit (Yes in step S1207 in the abnormality notification operation process). Step S1209). As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment performs warning notification with a relatively short notification time when there is an illegal entry of a game ball at the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the normal gaming state. In addition, an abnormality notification operation having a relatively long notification time is executed to perform step-by-step abnormality notification that makes it easier for a player or a game clerk to gradually recognize illegal balls. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the number of illegally entering balls in the normal gaming state is relatively small, performs a short notice time of a predetermined effect lamp and ST number display unit or performs an abnormality notification by voice In some cases, the processing load related to the abnormality notification operation may be reduced.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, even when a less than a predetermined number of game balls illegally enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the specific game state, the effect is produced each time an illegal entry is detected. Lamps 205a to 250d are turned off and the non-light-emitting time of all segments of the ST number display unit 256 is longer than the first notification operation mode, and the first abnormality notification operation is performed by the second notification operation mode by sound using the speaker 120. Is executed (Yes in step S1203 and step S1209 in the abnormality notification operation process). In the present embodiment, the first abnormality notification operation according to the second notification operation mode is executed even after a predetermined number or more of game balls cumulatively illegally enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the specific gaming state. It has come to be. According to the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, during the specific game state in which a game ball is likely to enter the special figure 2 starting port 232, the second abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode is performed immediately without performing the second abnormality notification operation. By executing the first abnormality notification operation according to the notification operation mode, an illegal entry can be found at an early stage, and therefore, it may be possible to prevent an increase in damage caused by the illegal entry.

  The third notification operation mode is, for example, a fourth abnormality notification for notifying a predetermined error (for example, prize ball payout error, vibration detection, magnet detection) detected in the device monitoring process (step S237) in the main control unit timer interrupt process, for example. It is the alerting | reporting aspect selected when performing operation | movement. The abnormality notification by the third notification operation mode is executed when the predetermined error is detected regardless of whether the current control state is the specific game state, the normal game state, or the special game state. In the third notification operation mode, a predetermined effect lamp (for example, later-described effect lamps 250a to 250d) is turned off and a ST number display unit (for example, an ST described later) is released until the detected predetermined error is canceled. This is a mode in which all the segments of the number display section 256) are set in a non-light emitting state, and a message corresponding to the predetermined error is displayed on the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. Among the predetermined errors, the prize ball payout error corresponds to, for example, an error based on the fact that a ball cannot be paid out because there is no ball in the ball tank or the ball is clogged.

  A 4th alerting | reporting operation | movement aspect is an alerting | reporting aspect selected, for example, when it interrupts | interrupts during operation | movement of the pachinko machine 100, and recovers after that. In the fourth notification operation mode, a part of the plurality of segments constituting the ST number display unit (for example, the ST number display unit 256 described later) blinks to make the remaining segments non-light-emitting state, and a decorative symbol display is performed. The remaining number of special figure variable games that can be displayed during the ST displayed on the liquid crystal display screen ST count display section (for example, the liquid crystal display screen ST count display section 254 (details will be described later)) displayed on the display screen of the device 208 This is a mode in which the number is deleted.

  Next, a timing chart relating to the electric chew release process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 41A shows an example of a timing chart related to the electric chew release process when the control state is the specific game state, and FIG. 41B shows the electric chew release process when the control state is the normal game state. An example of such a timing chart is shown. In each of FIG. 41 (a) and FIG. 41 (b), in the order from the top in the figure, “usual figure variation” indicates a timing chart of the usual figure variation game, and “electric chew release permission” The timing chart in the non-operating state is shown. “Electric Chu Open / Close” shows the timing chart in the open / closed state of the blade member 232a. The timing at which the passing of the game ball to the start opening 228 is detected, and “Special Figure 2 Start Information” is the timing at which the Special Figure 2 start information is acquired, that is, a special figure 2 random value set (Special Figure 2 The timing at which (starting information) is acquired is shown, and the passage of time is shown from the left to the right in the figure. Also, in each of FIGS. 41A and 41B, “ON” of “normal map change” indicates that the normal map variable game is being executed, and “OFF” indicates that the normal map variable game is being executed. It is not done. “ON” of “Electric Chu Open Permission” indicates that the normal operation is being performed and it is permitted to control the blade member 232a to the open state, and “OFF” indicates that the normal operation is not performed. It represents that it is not permitted to control the blade member 232a to the open state. “ON” of “Electric Chu Open / Close” indicates that the blade member 232a is in an open period, that is, an electric chew open state, and “OFF” indicates that the blade member 232a is in a closed period, that is, an electric chew closed state. Represents. The black rectangles in the “general map start information” and the “special map 2 start information” indicate the time when the general map start information and the special map 2 start information are acquired.

  As shown in FIG. 41 (a), in the specific gaming state, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100, for example, at the time t0, is acquired based on the fact that the game ball passes through the usual drawing start opening 228, When it is determined that the common figure variable game is won by random number lottery using a numerical value, it is determined that the first predetermined condition is satisfied. For example, the general figure variable game is started from time t1, and the normal figure is shown at time t2 after a predetermined time has elapsed. The map A is stopped and displayed on the display device 210. In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 is in normal operation at time t2, for example (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “electric chew release permission on state”), and controls various solenoids 332. Then, the electric chew is opened, that is, the blade member 232a is opened. In the specific game state, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is configured to open the electric chew three times in a single electric chew release permission on state. For example, the electric chew release permission on state is continued for a period from time t2 to time t12, and the electric chew is in the first open state from time t2 to time t5, and is closed from time t5 to time t7. A second open state from time t7 to time t8, a closed state from time t8 to time t11, and a third open state from time t11 to time t12.

  A period (from time t2 to time t12) in which the electric chew release permission is on, and a period (from time t2) in which the blade member 232a is in an open state (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “electric chew open / closed on state”). The period from time t5, time t7 to time t8, and time t11 to time t12) is a period during which the game ball can normally enter the special figure 2 starting port 232, and for example, between time t2 and time t5 The special figure 2 start information acquired at time t3 or time t4 is determined to be a normal entry and not an illegal entry by the first sub-control unit 400 in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process.

  On the other hand, since the closed state of the electric chew is maintained during a period when it is not normally operated (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “electric chew release permission off state”), the game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232. become unable. For this reason, for example, the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t13 and time t14 after time t12 is determined by the first sub-control unit 400 to be an illegal ball in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process. In addition, even during the period in which the electric chew release permission is on (between time t2 and time t12), the period (time) in which the blade member 232a is closed (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “electric chew open / closed off state”). During the period from time t5 to time t7 and from time t8 to time t11), the closed state of the electric chew is maintained, so that the game ball cannot enter the special figure 2 starting port 232. For this reason, for example, the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t6 between time t5 and time t7, time t9 between time t8 and time t11, or time t10 is illegally entered in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process. Is determined by the first sub-control unit 400.

  The first sub-control unit 400 determines that the game ball has entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 based on the acquisition of the special figure 2 starting information at time t6, time t9, time t10, time t13, and time t14. When each of the commands including the information shown is received from the main control unit 300, it is determined that there has been an illegal ball in the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the first abnormality notification by the second notification operation mode shown in FIG. The predetermined effect lamp and the predetermined audio output unit are controlled to execute the operation (Yes in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process, Yes in step S1203, and step S1209).

  As shown in FIG. 41 (b), in the normal gaming state, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100, for example, is a general winning combination acquired based on the fact that the gaming ball has passed through the general starting port 228 at time t0. When it is determined that the common figure variable game is won by random number lottery using a numerical value, it is determined that the first predetermined condition is satisfied. For example, the general figure variable game is started from time t1, and the normal figure is shown at time t2 after a predetermined time has elapsed. Map A is stopped and displayed on the display device 210. In synchronization with this, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 is in normal operation at time t2, for example, and controls the various solenoids 332 to open the electric chew, that is, the blade member 232a. In the normal gaming state, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is configured to open the electric chew only once (electric chew open / closed on state) in one electric chew release permission on state. In addition, the pachinko machine 100, for example, sets the electric chew opening / closing state to the on state in synchronization with the electric chew release permission state being turned on, and synchronizes with the electric chew opening permission state to the off state. The state is set to the off state. The period during which the electric chew opening permission is on is substantially the same as the period during which the electric chew opening / closing is on, for example. For example, the electric chew release permission on state is continued for a period from time t2 to time t4, and the electric chew opening / closing on state is also continued for a period from time t2 to time t4.

  The period during which the electric chew release permission is on (between time t2 and time t4) is a period during which the electric chew opening / closing state is on and the game ball can enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 properly. The special figure 2 start information acquired at time t3 between t2 and time t4 is determined by the first sub-control unit 400 to be a regular entry and not an illegal entry in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process. The

  On the other hand, the closed state of the electric chew is maintained during a period when the normal operation is not performed, which is a period from time t4 until the next electric chew release permission ON state (not shown), so that the game ball is started in FIG. Cannot enter the mouth 232. For this reason, for example, the special figure 2 start information acquired at time t5, time t6, and time t7 after time t4 is determined by the first sub-control unit 400 to be illegally entered in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process. Is done.

  When the first sub-control unit 400 receives from the main control unit 300 a command including information related to entering the special figure 2 starting port 232 at time t5, the special figure 2 starting port 232 has illegally entered. The predetermined effect lamp is controlled so as to execute the third abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode shown in FIG. 40 (Yes in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process, step S1203) No, Yes in step S1205, No in step S1207, and step S1210).

  In addition, when the first sub-control unit 400 receives a command including information related to entering the special figure 2 starting port 232 at time t6 from the main control unit 300, the number of illegal entering becomes two. It is determined that the predetermined number (two in this example) is reached, and the predetermined effect lamp and the predetermined audio output unit are controlled so as to execute the second abnormality notification operation according to the second notification operation mode shown in FIG. (Yes in step S1201 of abnormality notification operation processing, No in step S1203, Yes in step S1205, Yes in step S1207, and step S1209).

  Furthermore, when the first sub-control unit 400 receives a command including information related to entering the special figure 2 starting port 232 at the time t7 from the main control unit 300, the number of illegal entrances becomes three. It is determined that the number is greater than or equal to the predetermined number, and the effect lamps 250a to 250d and the speaker 120 are controlled to execute the second abnormality notification operation according to the second notification operation mode shown in FIG. Processing step S1201 Yes, step S1203 No, step S1205 Yes, step S1207 Yes and step S1209).

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is configured to reset the number of illegally entered balls to zero every time a predetermined period has elapsed in both the normal gaming state and the specific gaming state. In the present embodiment, the predetermined period is, for example, a period during which the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 determines that the state has ended after determining that the CPU 304 is performing control to bring the blade member 232a into a closed state. Is set. This period corresponds to a period from when the electric chew release permission state is switched from the on state to the off state until the next state is turned on. For example, in FIG. 41A, the period is from time t12 until the next electric chew release permission state is turned on (not shown). In FIG. 41B, the period is from time t4. Until the next electric chew release permission state is turned on (not shown). Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 determines that it is in a state in which the blade member 232a is in the closed state during the electric chew opening / closing off period, and then determines that the state has ended. It corresponds to a period.

  In the present embodiment, whether the electric chew release permission is in an on state or an off state is determined based on, for example, a normal figure status, that is, a normal figure operation or a normal figure inactive state. Further, whether the electric chew opening / closing state is on or off is determined based on, for example, whether the blade opening time management timer or the blade closing time management timer is counted. It takes a predetermined time until the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the electric chew release permission state has been switched after the main control unit 300 switches the electric chew release permission state from the on state to the off state or from the off state to the on state. Cost. For this reason, if the special figure 2 start information is acquired immediately before the main control unit 300 switches the electric chew release permission state from the off state to the on state (for example, immediately before time t2 shown in FIG. 41 (a)), Although the start information is acquired during the period in which it is determined that FIG. 2 is illegally entered, the time of the electric chew release permission state switching control of the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 of the time of the switching control The first sub-control unit 400 may determine that the special figure 2 start information is not illegally entered due to the time difference from the determination time. When the special control 2 start information is acquired immediately before the main controller 300 switches the electric chew release permission state from the on state to the off state (for example, immediately before time t12 shown in FIG. 41A), 2 Although the start information is not acquired during the period when it is determined that the ball is illegally entered, the time of the electric chew release permission state switching control of the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 of the time of the switching control Depending on the time difference from the determination time, the first sub-control unit 400 may determine that the special figure 2 start information is illegally entered. In addition, there is a possibility that a problem similar to that at the time of switching the electric chew release permission state may occur when switching the electric chew opening / closing state from the on state to the off state or from the off state to the on state.

  Therefore, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, an allowable period for determining that the game ball has illegally entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 is, for example, that the main control unit 300 changes the electric chew release permission state from the off state to the on state. It may be set after switching from the on state to the off state, before switching to the on state, after switching the electric chew opening / closing state from the off state to the on state, and after switching from the on state to the off state. Further, the permissible period is set to be different between the specific gaming state and the normal gaming state, and may be set to be longer in the specific gaming state, for example.

  Next, an abnormality notification operation mode in the pachinko machine 100 according to an example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. Since the configuration and control system of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment are substantially the same as the configuration and control system of the pachinko machine 100 described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 41, only the differences will be described briefly. FIG. 42 is a schematic front view of the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as viewed from the front. In FIG. 42, the same reference numerals are given to components having the same functions and functions as those of the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 42, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a special figure 1 display device 212 capable of stopping and displaying the first symbol related to the special figure 1 variable game, and a second graphic related to the special figure 2 variable game. And a special figure 2 display device 214 capable of stopping display. The relative arrangement positions of the special figure 1 and special figure 2 display devices 212 and 214 in the game area 124 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment are shown in the special figure 1 and in the game area 124 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. It is almost the same as the relative arrangement position of the special figure 2 display devices 212 and 214.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a special view 2 starting port 232 having a pair of blade members 232a and a door member 234a when the front surface of the game board 200 is viewed in the normal direction thereof. One variable winning opening 234 and one ordinary start opening 228 are arranged at the lower right in the game area 124. The special figure 2 starting port 232 is disposed on the lower right side of the decorative symbol display device 208. The variable winning opening 234 is disposed adjacent to and below the special figure 2 starting opening 232. The general-purpose start port 228 is arranged on the upper right side adjacent to the special view 2 start port 232.

  An ST number display unit 256 is disposed above the normal start port 228 and to the right of the decorative symbol display device 208. The ST number display unit 256 displays the remaining number of special figure variable games that can be executed after the second predetermined condition is established, that is, until the end of the special time (ST) after the big hit game whose stop symbol is related to the special figure A or special figure B. Is displayed. The ST number display section 256 has two sets of seven segments arranged in an 8-character shape. The ST number display unit 256 is configured such that light emission / non-light emission is controlled by the first sub-control unit 400. The special time (ST) is, for example, the sum of the special figure 1 variable game and the special figure 2 variable game after the transition to the variable member easy opening state (specific game state) in which the blade member 232a is easy to open after the special gaming state is finished. When the number of fluctuations reaches a predetermined number (100 in this example), the period is continued until the variable member easy-open state is terminated. 42 and FIGS. 43 to 16 and FIGS. 47 to 52, which will be described later, the light emission state of the segment of the ST number display unit 256 is represented by black or light ink color, and the non-light emission state is represented by white.

  In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, an ST number display portion 254 in the liquid crystal display screen is displayed. Similarly to the ST number display unit 256, the ST number display unit 254 in the liquid crystal display screen displays the remaining number of special figure variable games executed before the end of the special time after the big hit game.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the left-hand route A as the first route and the right-hand route B as the second route that can be distinguished from each other are used as the flow paths of the game balls released to the game area 124. And have. The ability to strike each other means that the player operates the launching device 110 (see FIG. 1) for launching a game ball via the ball launch handle 134, so that a left-handed route A and a right-handed route B are played. It means that the ball can be divided. In the right-handed route B, a guiding unit 252 for guiding a game ball passing through the route to the normal start port 228, the special view 2 start port 232, and the variable winning port 234 is disposed. The guide portion 252 is provided so as to protrude from the outer rail 202 and is disposed between the ST number display portion 256 and the general-purpose start opening 228.

  The special drawing 1 starting port 230 is disposed at a position where a game ball passing through the left-handed route A is relatively easy to enter as compared with the right-handed route B. The special figure 2 starting port 232 is arranged at a position where a game ball passing through the right-handed route B is relatively easy to enter as compared with the left-handed route A. Similarly to the special figure 2 starting port 232, the normal starting port 228 and the variable winning port 234 are relatively easy to enter game balls passing through the right handed route B compared to the left handed route A. Is arranged. Also, from a different perspective, the special figure 1 starting port 230 is arranged at a position where a game ball passing through the right-handed route B is relatively difficult to enter as compared with the left-handed route A. The start opening 228, the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the variable winning opening 234 are arranged at positions where game balls passing through the left-handed route A are relatively difficult to enter as compared with the right-handed route B. A game ball passing through the left-handed route A is easy to enter the special figure 1 starting port 230, and a game ball passing through the right-handed route B enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 relatively. Because it is easy, a player can play a game while striking a game ball according to the game state, such as aiming for a left-handed route A in a normal game state and aiming for a right-handed route B in a special game state or a specific game state. I can enjoy it.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the special figure 1 starting port 230 and the special figure 2 starting port 232 are arranged away from each other. For this reason, it may be easy to confirm the entry into the special figure 2 starting port 232 in the normal gaming state.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has four effect lamps 250a to 250d. The effect lamp 250 a and the effect lamp 250 b are arranged above the decorative symbol display device 208 with a predetermined gap along the outer rail 202. The effect lamp 250 c and the effect lamp 250 d are arranged below the decorative symbol display device 208 with a predetermined gap along the outer rail 202. With respect to the decorative symbol display device 208, the effect lamp 250a is disposed at the upper left, the effect lamp 250b is disposed at the upper right, the effect lamp 250c is disposed at the lower left, and the effect lamp 250d is disposed at the lower right. An effect lamp 250c is arranged below the effect lamp 250a, and an effect lamp 250d is arranged below the effect amount lamp 250b. The effect lamps 250 a to 250 d are controlled to be turned on / off by the first sub-control unit 400. The effect lamps 250a to 250d are controlled so as to maintain a lighting state or a blinking state when no abnormality occurs in the pachinko machine 100, and to turn off for a predetermined period when an abnormality occurs. In FIG. 42 and FIGS. 43 to 16 and FIGS. 47 to 52, which will be described later, the state where the effect lamps 250a to 250d are lit is expressed in light ink, and the state where the lamps are turned off is expressed in white. .

  FIG. 43 is a schematic front view of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as seen from the front of the gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 in a state where the control state is not detecting an illegal ball in the specific gaming state. is there. As shown in FIG. 43, in this example, “69” is displayed on the ST number display unit 254 and the ST number display unit 256 in the liquid crystal display screen, and the remaining number of special figure variable games at the special time (ST). Is reported to be 69 times. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 controls that any of the effect lamps 250a to 250d is turned on or blinks to notify that no illegal entry into the special figure 2 starting port 232 has been detected.

  FIG. 44 is a schematic front view of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as viewed from the front of the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 in a state where the illegally-entered ball is detected while the control state is the specific game state. As shown in FIG. 44, the pachinko machine 100 controls the production lamps 250a to 250d to be in the extinguished state, and controls all segments of the ST number display unit 256 to be in the non-light-emitting state. It is informed that an illegal entry has been detected by an abnormality notification operation (see FIGS. 39 and 40). In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, the pachinko machine 100 outputs an audio | voice from the speaker 120 with control of the light extinction state of the lamps 250a-250d for production | presentation and the non-light-emission state of the ST frequency display part 256. In this example, the ST number display unit 254 in the liquid crystal display screen is controlled so as to maintain the display of the remaining number of special figure variable games during the special time.

  FIG. 45 shows the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, in which the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 in a state where the game ball is illegally modified so that the game ball can be illegally entered into the special FIG. FIG. The unauthorized modification in this example is to keep the blade member 232a open at all times. As shown in FIG. 45, for example, a tampering member 700 is stretched between the guiding portion 252 and the blade member 232a. In order to make the special figure 2 starting port 232 in the closed state, the force from the various solenoids 332 to the blade member 232a rather than the force acting on the blade member 232a, so that the special figure 2 starting port 232 is always opened. The applied force is greater. Thereby, even if the main control part 300 controls the special figure 2 starting port 232 during normal operation, the blade member 232a is not closed. For this reason, even in the electric chew release permission off state or the electric chew open / closed off state, the game ball may enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 and illegally enter the ball.

  FIG. 46 is a diagram for explaining an example in which the game ball can be illegally entered into the special figure 2 starting port 232 even if the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is not tampered with. In this example, the game ball is sandwiched between the blade member 232a and the game nail 238, and the special figure 2 starting port 232 is not closed, and as a result, illegal entry is possible. 46A is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the special figure 2 starting port 232 when the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 is viewed from the front, and a game ball is sandwiched between the blade member 232a and the game nail 238. FIG. Indicates no state. 46 (b) is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the special figure 2 starting port 232 when the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 is viewed from the front, and is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the special figure 2 starting port 232, and includes a wing member. A state in which a game ball is sandwiched between 232a and the game nail 238 is shown.

  As shown in FIG. 46A, in the pachinko machine 100, a game nail 238 is arranged in the vicinity of the blade member 232a of the special figure 2 starting port 232 so that the game ball can be guided to the special figure 2 starting port 232. . For this reason, depending on the timing at which the game ball falls downward while changing the direction of travel by the game nail 238 and the like and reaches the vicinity of the special figure 2 starting port 232 and the timing at which the blade member 232a is opened, FIG. As shown, the game ball 260 may be sandwiched between the blade member 232a and the game nail 238. The force applied to the blade member 232a from the game ball 260 so that the special drawing 2 start port 232 is opened rather than the force acting on the blade member 232a from the various solenoids 332 in order to make the special view 2 start port 232 closed. If it is larger, the blade member 232a will not be closed even if the main control unit 300 controls the special figure 2 starting port 232 during normal non-operation. As a result, even in the electric chew release permission off state or the electric chew opening / closing off state, the game ball may enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 and an illegal ball may be detected. In addition, with a game ball 260 sandwiched between the blade member 232a and the game nail 238 as a core, a plurality of game balls are clogged with balls (so-called “flout generation”) in the vicinity of the special FIG. There is a case of illegally entering the ball.

  FIG. 47 is a schematic front view of the gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as viewed from the front, and a first number of gaming balls that are less than a predetermined number illegally enter during the normal gaming state. In this case, the abnormality notification operation mode is illustrated. As shown in FIG. 47A, at the present time, the illegal entry of the game ball into the special figure 2 starting port 232 is not detected, and the effect lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be in a lighting state or a blinking state. . In addition, the ST number display unit 256 is controlled so as to blink and repeat the light emission / non-light emission of the central segment of the two sets of the seven segments. In the present embodiment, the ST number display unit 256 is controlled so that the center segment blinks when no illegal ball is detected in the normal gaming state. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 includes a decorative symbol in which the decorative symbol sequentially rotates in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the left symbol display region 208a, the middle symbol display region 208b, and the right symbol display region 208c. While the variable display is executed, a predetermined effect is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  As shown in FIG. 47A, the pachinko machine 100 is illegally modified by, for example, an unauthorized modification member 700. Here, when it is detected that the first number (1 in this example) of game balls has entered the special figure 2 start port 232 in the electric chew release permission off state, the first sub-control unit 400 Then, it is determined that there is an illegal ball in the special figure 2 starting port 232 (Yes in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process), the current control state is not the specific gaming state (No in step S1203), and the current control state is In the normal gaming state (Yes in step S1205), it is determined that the number of illegally entered balls is one and is less than the predetermined number (two in this example) (No in step S1207), and the first notification operation The effect lamps 250a to 250d and the ST number display unit 256 are controlled so as to execute the third abnormality notification operation according to the aspect. As shown in FIG. 40, the first notification operation mode is a mode in which a predetermined effect lamp is turned off for 0.5 seconds, and all segments of the ST number display unit are in a non-light-emitting state for 0.5 seconds. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 47 (b), the production lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be turned off, and all the segments of the ST number display unit 256 are controlled to be in a non-light emitting state.

  The turn-off time of the effect lamps 250a to 250d in the first notification operation mode is relatively short as 0.5 seconds, and the non-light-emitting time of all segments of the ST number display unit 256 is also relatively similar to 0.5 seconds. Short. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 47 (c), the effect lamps 250a to 250d return to the lighting state immediately after the lights are turned off, and the ST number display section 256 returns to the blinking state immediately after the non-light emission.

  FIG. 48 is a schematic front view of the gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as viewed from the front, and a second number of gaming balls that are a predetermined number or more illegally enter during the normal gaming state. In this case, the abnormality notification operation mode is illustrated. As shown in FIG. 48 (a), the illegal entry of the game ball into the special figure 2 starting port 232 is not detected at this time, and the effect lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be in a lighting state or a blinking state. . In addition, the ST number display unit 256 is controlled so as to blink and repeat the light emission / non-light emission of the central segment of the two sets of the seven segments. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 includes a decorative symbol in which the decorative symbol sequentially rotates in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the left symbol display region 208a, the middle symbol display region 208b, and the right symbol display region 208c. While the variable display is executed, a predetermined effect is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  As shown in FIG. 48A, the pachinko machine 100 is illegally modified by, for example, an unauthorized modification member 700. Here, when it is detected that a second number (two in this example) of game balls have entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 in the electric chew release permission off state, the first sub-control unit 400 Then, it is determined that there is an illegal ball in the special figure 2 starting port 232 (Yes in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process), the current control state is not the specific game state (No in step S1203), and the current control state is In the normal gaming state (Yes in step S1205), it is determined that the number of illegally entered balls is two and is a predetermined number (two in this example) or more (Yes in step S1207), and the second notification operation The effect lamps 250a to 250d and the ST number display unit 256 are controlled so as to execute the second abnormality notification operation according to the aspect. As shown in FIG. 40, in the second notification operation mode, the predetermined effect lamp is turned off for 10 seconds, all the segments of the ST number display section are turned off for 10 seconds, and an error sound is output from a predetermined audio output section. Is output. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 48 (b), the production lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be turned off, all the segments of the ST number display unit 256 are controlled to be in a non-light emitting state, and the speaker 120 is in an error state. It is controlled to output a sound (for example, a voice saying “Unauthorized winning error!”) For 10 seconds.

  In the second notification operation mode, the turn-off time of the effect lamps 250a to 250d is 10 seconds, which is longer than the turn-off time in the first notification operation mode, and the time of the non-light-emitting state of all segments of the ST number display unit 256 is also the same. In addition, it is longer than the non-light emission time in the first notification operation mode, and further, notification by sound using the speaker 120 is also executed. For this reason, a player or a game clerk may be able to easily recognize that an illegal entry has been detected.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the effect system displayed in the effect display area 208d in the normal game state (for example, the effect displayed in the effect display area 208d in FIG. 48) is displayed in the effect display area 208d in the specific game state. It is configured to be different from the displayed effect system (for example, the effect displayed in the effect display area 208d in FIG. 49 described later). Since the production system is different between the normal game state and the specific game state, the player can easily recognize whether the current control state is the normal game state or the specific game state. As a result, the pachinko machine 100 frequently executes special figure 2 variable games because many game balls enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 even though the production system is not the specific game state but the normal game state. Inconsistency between the performance system and the execution frequency of the special figure 2 variable game may indicate that the player is aware that an illegal pitching has occurred.

  FIG. 49 is a schematic front view of the gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as viewed from the front, and the first number of gaming balls are illegally entered during the specific gaming state at the special time (ST). The abnormality alerting | reporting operation | movement aspect in the case of having performed is illustrated. As shown in FIG. 49 (a), at this time, the illegal entry of the game ball into the special figure 2 starting port 232 is not detected, and the effect lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be in a lighting state or a blinking state. . The ST number display unit 256 is controlled to display the remaining number “69” of special figure variable games that can be executed before the end of the special time. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled to display the remaining number “69” of the special figure variable game that can be executed by the end of the special time on the ST number display portion 254 in the liquid crystal display screen of the effect display area 208d. Yes. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 includes a decorative symbol in which the decorative symbol sequentially rotates in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the left symbol display region 208a, the middle symbol display region 208b, and the right symbol display region 208c. While the variable display is executed, a predetermined effect is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  As shown in FIG. 49A, the pachinko machine 100 is illegally modified by, for example, an unauthorized modification member 700. Here, when it is detected that the first number (1 in this example) of game balls has entered the special figure 2 start port 232 in the electric chew release permission off state, the first sub-control unit 400 Since it is determined that there is an illegal ball in the special figure 2 starting port 232 (Yes in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process), and the current control state is the specific game state (Yes in step S1203), the second notification operation The effect lamps 250a to 250d and the ST number display unit 256 are controlled to execute the first abnormality notification operation according to the aspect. As shown in FIG. 40, in the second notification operation mode, the predetermined effect lamp is turned off for 10 seconds, all the segments of the ST number display section are turned off for 10 seconds, and an error sound is output from a predetermined audio output section. Is output. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 49 (b), the production lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be turned off, all the segments of the ST number display section 256 are controlled to be in a non-light emitting state, and the speaker 120 is in error. The sound is controlled to be output for 10 seconds. In the present embodiment, during the execution of the first abnormality notification operation according to the second notification operation mode, the remaining number of special figure variable games that can be executed by the end of the special time of the ST number display unit 256 is not displayed. The remaining number displayed on the ST number display section 254 in the liquid crystal display screen is continuously displayed.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the first number of game balls illegally enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the normal game state, the abnormality notification by the speaker 120 is not performed and the effect lamps 250a to 250d are performed. Anomaly notification is performed that exhibits a function as a warning notification due to the short-time turn-off of ST and the ST number display unit 256 for a short time of non-light emission. On the other hand, if the first number of game balls illegally enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the specific game state, the effect lamps 250a to 250d are turned off for a long time and the ST number display unit 256 is used for a long time. Anomaly notification by non-light emission and anomaly notification by the speaker 120 are made immediately. For this reason, the player or the game clerk may be able to recognize earlier that the illegal entry has been detected during the specific gaming state as compared to the normal gaming state.

  FIG. 50 is a schematic front view of the gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as seen from the front. When a special gaming state occurs during the special time (ST), power interruption / recovery occurs, and then the first The abnormal alerting | reporting operation | movement aspect when the number of game balls of this number illegally enters is illustrated. The first sub-control unit 400 does not store the number of fluctuations of the special figure variable game executed during the ST. For this reason, the first sub-control unit 400 cannot determine the remaining number of special figure variable games that can be executed during the remaining ST when power interruption occurs, and displays the exact remaining number of special figure variable games after power recovery. As a result, the ST number display unit 256 and the ST number display unit 254 in the liquid crystal display screen cannot be controlled. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 50A, the first sub-control unit 400 controls the ST number display unit 256 and the ST number display unit 254 in the liquid crystal display screen based on the fourth notification operation mode shown in FIG. It is like that. For example, when power is restored after the pachinko machine 100 is disconnected during the ST, the ST count display unit 256 deletes the remaining number displayed before the disconnection, and the two sets of the seven segments. Control is performed to execute blinking display that repeats light emission / non-light emission of the central segment. Further, the ST number display unit 254 in the liquid crystal display screen is controlled so that the remaining number of special figure variable games that can be executed before the end of the special time displayed before the power interruption is erased and, for example, white is displayed. The

  Further, at the time of power recovery, unauthorized entry of game balls into the special figure 2 starting port 232 has not been detected, and the effect lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be lit. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 includes a decorative symbol in which the decorative symbol sequentially rotates in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the left symbol display region 208a, the middle symbol display region 208b, and the right symbol display region 208c. While the variable display is executed, a predetermined effect is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  As shown in FIG. 50A, the pachinko machine 100 is illegally modified by, for example, an unauthorized modification member 700. Here, when it is detected that the first number (1 in this example) of game balls has entered the special figure 2 start port 232 in the electric chew release permission off state, the first sub-control unit 400 Since it is determined that there is an illegal ball in the special figure 2 starting port 232 (Yes in step S1201 of the abnormality notification operation process), and the current control state is the specific game state (Yes in step S1203), the second notification operation The effect lamps 250a to 250d and the ST number display unit 256 are controlled to execute the first abnormality notification operation according to the aspect. As shown in FIG. 40, in the second notification operation mode, the predetermined effect lamp is turned off for 10 seconds, all the segments of the ST number display section are turned off for 10 seconds, and an error sound is output from a predetermined audio output section. Is output. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 50 (b), the production lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be turned off, all the segments of the ST number display section 256 are controlled to be in a non-light emitting state, and the speaker 120 is in error. The sound is controlled to be output for 10 seconds. In this example, since the remaining number of special figure variable games that can be executed by the end of ST displayed on the ST number display unit 254 in the liquid crystal display screen has already been deleted, the first abnormality due to the second notification operation mode The remaining number of non-display states are maintained during the notification operation.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is capable of performing an abnormality notification operation even when an illegal ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 after a power interruption / recovery occurs. In addition, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, if the first number of game balls illegally enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 during the normal game state, the abnormality notification by the speaker 120 is not performed and the effect lamp 250a. Anomaly is notified by turning off the light of about 250 d for a short time and non-light emission of the ST number display unit 256 for a short time. On the other hand, in the specific gaming state, the pachinko machine 100 immediately notifies the abnormality notification due to the lamps 250a to 250d being turned off for a long time or the ST number display unit 256 is not emitting light for a long time, and the abnormality notification from the speaker 120. It has been made. For this reason, the player or the game clerk may be able to recognize earlier that the illegal entry has been detected during the specific gaming state as compared to the normal gaming state. Also, it may be easier to guess the means (tamper) for illegal pitching.

  FIG. 51 is a schematic front view of the gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as seen from the front, and an abnormality notification operation mode in the case where a predetermined error other than illegal pitching occurs during the normal gaming state. Is illustrated. As shown in FIG. 51A, a predetermined error is not detected at the present time, and the effect lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be in a lighting state or a blinking state. In addition, the ST number display unit 256 is controlled to execute blinking display that repeats light emission / non-light emission of the central segment of the two sets of the seven segments. Furthermore, the decorative symbol display device 208 does not display decorative symbol variation display or predetermined effects.

  For example, when a predetermined error such as a prize ball payout error, vibration detection, or magnet detection is detected, the pachinko machine 100 performs abnormality notification based on the third notification operation mode shown in FIG. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 51 (b), the production lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be turned off, and all the segments of the ST number display unit 256 are controlled to be in a non-light emitting state. Further, in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a message corresponding to the error (in this example, a message “Please call a clerk”) is displayed. The effect lamps 250a to 250d are turned off, the ST number display unit 256 is not lit, and the error message in the decorative symbol display device 208 is continued until the detected error is resolved.

  FIG. 52 is a schematic front view of the gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as seen from the front, and a predetermined error other than illegal entry has occurred during the specific gaming state at the special time (ST). In this case, the abnormality notification operation mode is illustrated. As shown in FIG. 52 (a), no predetermined error is detected at the present time, and the effect lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be in a lighting state or a blinking state. The ST number display unit 256 is controlled to display the remaining number “69” of special figure variable games that can be executed before the end of the special time. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is controlled to display the remaining number “69” on the ST number display portion 254 in the liquid crystal display screen of the effect display area 208d. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 includes a decorative symbol in which the decorative symbol sequentially rotates in the direction indicated by the downward arrow in the left symbol display region 208a, the middle symbol display region 208b, and the right symbol display region 208c. While the variable display is executed, a predetermined effect is displayed in the effect display area 208d.

  For example, when a predetermined error such as a prize ball payout error, vibration detection, or magnet detection is detected, the pachinko machine 100 performs abnormality notification based on the third notification operation mode shown in FIG. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 52 (b), the production lamps 250a to 250d are controlled to be turned off, and all the segments of the ST number display unit 256 are controlled to be in a non-light emitting state. Further, in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a message corresponding to the error (in this example, a message “Please call a staff member”) is displayed together with the predetermined effect currently displayed. The effect lamps 250a to 250d are turned off, the ST number display unit 256 is not lit, and the error message in the decorative symbol display device 208 is continued until the detected error is resolved.

Next, the characteristic configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the first and second embodiments described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 52 again.
(1) When a game ball enters a start area having a first start area (for example, Special Figure 1 start port 230) and a second start area (for example, Special Figure 2 start port 232), start information (for example, hit Starting information deriving means (for example, a random value generation circuit 318 and a winning acceptance process (step S217)) for deriving a random number for determination and a set of random numbers for determining a special figure for winning time;
First start information storage means (for example, a special chart 1 provided in the RAM 308) stores start information derived based on the game ball entering the first start area up to a predetermined number (for example, four). Random number value storage area) and second start information storage means (for example, RAM 308) that stores start information derived based on the game ball entering the second start area up to a predetermined number (for example, four). Starting information storage means having a special figure 2 random value storage area provided in
When a predetermined success / failure determination condition is satisfied in a state where one or more pieces of the start information are stored in the start information storage unit, the go / no-go determination unit that performs the go / no-go determination based on the start information stored in the start information storage unit (For example, special drawing 2 related lottery processing (step S229) and special drawing 1 related lottery processing (step S231)),
When the determination result is a specific determination result (for example, a win), the normal gaming state (for example, the variable winning opening 234 is in the non-operating state (the door) is the first advantage for the player. A special gaming state (for example, a variable prize opening 234) in which the member 234a is in a second state of advantage that is higher than the first advantage from the non-electric support state (ordinary low probability state)). Special game transition control means (for example, special figure 2 state update process (step S225)) that shifts the control state to the operation state (the door member 234a is open),
In a state where the start information that has not been determined to be correct by the correctness determination means is stored only in the first start information storage means of the first start information storage means and the second start information storage means. When the new start information is stored in the second start information storage means, the first start information storage means is notified of the result of the determination on the basis of the new start information stored in the second start information storage means. A determination result notifying means (for example, the special figure 2 display device 214 or the decorative symbol display device 208) that is performed prior to the notification of the result of the determination on the basis of the start information already stored in FIG.
First start information prefetching means (for example, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 or a special drawing) that the prejudice determination means prefetches before performing the determination of the correctness based on the start information stored in the first start information storage means. The first half of step S305 of the prefetching process),
By using the start information pre-determined by the first start information pre-reading means, the pre-determination as to whether or not the result of the correct / incorrect determination by the correct / fail determination means is a specific correct / fail determination result (for example, hit) First pre-determination means (for example, CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 or the latter half of step S305 of special figure pre-reading process) that is performed before execution of the success / failure determination based on the start information;
A first advance notice (for example, using a background display) that informs the player in advance whether or not the result of the success / failure determination will be the specific determination result based on the result of the prior determination by the first prior determination means. The advance notification is performed until the first predetermined time (for example, the start information that triggers the execution of the first advance notice is derived) before the determination result based on the start information is notified. The first notice notification end condition is satisfied from a specific time set within the period of (e.g., after the first notice notification is started, the special notice variable game based on the start information that triggers the execution of the first notice information) The predetermined time set in the predetermined period after the start of the next special figure variable game (digestion of the start information (end of the special figure variable game)) elapses, or the predetermined period elapses after the predetermined time elapses To do) First notice informing means to perform (for example, the effect display area 208d of the decorative pattern display device 208),
A game machine equipped with
During the period in which the first advance notice means performs the first advance notice, the success / failure determination result notification means notifies the result of the success / failure determination based on the start information stored in the second start information storage means. Even in the case (for example, when the special figure 2 which is a priority change is displayed in a variable stop state), the notice notice continuation means (for example, the CPU 404 or the notice of the first sub-control unit 400) continues to perform the first notice notice. Step S1107 of the forcible production termination process;
While the first notice notification continuation means continues the first notice notice (for example, after the interruption of the special figure 2 variable game based on the priority change), the first notice notice end condition is not satisfied (for example, the first notice notice). A predetermined time set within a predetermined period after the start of the special figure variable game following the special figure variable game based on the start information that triggers the execution of the first notice notification after the notification is started (the start information is digested) (The special figure variable game end)), or after the predetermined time has elapsed and before the predetermined period has elapsed, the notice notice forced termination condition different from the first notice notice termination condition is satisfied (For example, the satisfaction of the first forced termination condition (that the special figure variable game has been executed a predetermined number of times after the interruption of the special figure 2 variable game based on the priority change) (Yes in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process), or , Second forced end The first notice notification is forcibly terminated before execution of the success / failure determination by the presence / absence determination means when the condition (a special figure 2 variable game based on priority change is won in the big win) (Yes in step S1107 of the process)) Advance notice forcible termination means (for example, step S1105 or step S1109 of the pre-reading effect forced termination process) of the first sub-control unit 400;
It is characterized by providing.

  The pachinko machine 100 is a special figure 2 priority game machine, and even if the special figure 2 is interrupted during the prefetch effect of the special figure 1, the prefetch effect is continued and the predetermined condition is satisfied. In some cases, the pre-reading effect may be forcibly terminated.

  By the way, a player who recognizes that the expectation will be higher as the pseudo-continuation continues, and that the expectation will be higher if the pre-reading effect continues for a long time, and the expectation becomes excessively high for the pre-reading effect. I will hold you. Thereby, a player's expectation may become too high. If this happens, gambling will be beaten more than necessary, and in the event of a loss, the player may be given a sense of loss more than necessary. Further, if the player's throbbing feeling is continued for a long time from the start of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect until the start information digestion that triggers the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, the player can maintain this throbbing feeling. The special figure 1 pre-reading effect may be felt bothersome and the value of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect may be reduced. According to the pachinko machine 100, the special figure 1 pre-reading effect can be forcibly terminated at a predetermined time, so that it may be possible to prevent a decrease in the value of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. In addition, according to the pachinko machine 100, the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is forcibly terminated at a predetermined time and the effect does not continue more than necessary for a long time. It can prevent the player from feeling burdened.

  When the hold display has a complicated configuration, the player who forgets the position of the start information that triggers the special figure 1 pre-reading effect may be unclear about the expectation of the big hit during the special figure 1 pre-reading effect. There is. In addition, in a game stand that simply constitutes the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, there is a case where an effect without a substitute is continuously executed and the value of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is lowered. In the pachinko machine 100, the special figure 2 start information obtained by chance after starting the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is allowed to some extent to maintain the game motivation, and the special figure 2 start information is acquired beyond the allowable range. In some cases, the special figure 1 pre-reading effect may be forcibly terminated to prevent the special figure 1 pre-reading continuous value from deteriorating.

(2) The pachinko machine 100,
A second advance notice for informing the player in advance whether the result of the success / failure determination will be the specific result of the determination based on the result of the prior determination by the first prior determination means (for example, holding of FIG. 1) The notification of the notice using the image representing the sword in the display images 701a to 701d) is performed at a second predetermined time (for example, using the image representing the sword) before the validity judgment is performed by the validity judgment unit. Second notice notification means (from the start or immediately after the start) until the second notice notification end condition is satisfied (for example, the start information corresponding to the image representing the sword is digested (immediately before or at the time of the determination)) For example, the hold display areas 801a to 801d) of the decorative symbol display device 208,
With
The advance notice notification continuation means is based on the start information stored in the second start information storage means by the success / failure determination result notification means during the period in which the first advance notice means performs the first advance notice. While notifying the determination result, the first notice notification is continuously performed, and during the period in which the second notice notification means performs the second notice notification, the validity determination result notification means is the second start. When notifying the determination result based on the start information stored in the information storage means, continuously performing the second notice notification,
The notice notice forced termination means includes a first notice notice forced termination condition (for example, a first mandatory notice termination condition (a special figure based on a priority change, a special figure of a predetermined number of times after interruption of a variable game). (For example, Yes in step S1103 of the notice effect forced termination process), the first notice notice and the second notice notice continued by the first notice notice continuation means. Only the first notice notification of the second notice notice continued by the continuation means is forcibly terminated before execution of the success / failure determination by the success / failure determination means (for example, step S1105 of the notice effect forced termination process),
It is characterized by that.

  According to the pachinko machine 100, the special figure 1 prefetch effect is executed based on the prefetch result information and the hold display image is changed. The special figure 1 prefetch effect is forcibly terminated, but the hold display image may continue to be displayed. is there. This makes it possible to entertain a bona fide player even after the forced termination of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, for example, when a “grape” occurs and the special figure 2 variable game is interrupted and executed. There is. In addition, according to the pachinko machine 100, since start information that can be expected after the forced termination of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect is known, it may be possible to wipe off the “bad image for continuous rendering” due to the forced termination.

(3) The pachinko machine 100,
When the control state is determined to shift from the normal game state to the special game state, the advance notice notification forced termination means determines a second advance notice notification forced end condition (for example, a second mandatory notification end condition). Assuming that an ending condition (a special figure 2 variable game based on priority change has been won in a big win) is satisfied (for example, Yes in step S1107 of the notice effect forced termination process), the first notice notification continuation means continues. Both the first notice notice and the second notice notice continued by the second notice notice continuation means are forcibly terminated before execution of the validity determination by the validity determination means (for example, step S1109 of the notice effect forced termination process). ),
It is characterized by that.

  According to the pachinko machine 100, when the special figure 2 variable game wins a big hit, both the first prefetch effect and the second prefetch effect may be forcibly terminated. Since the joy of jackpot wins over the disappointment due to the forced termination of the special figure 1 pre-reading effect, the player is provided with a big jackpot that is advantageous for the forced termination of the special chart 1 pre-reading effect. In some cases, poorly finished images can be reduced.

(4) The pachinko machine 100,
The third start information prefetching means (for example, the CPU 303 of the main control unit 300 or the special drawing) is prefetched before the success / failure determination means performs the determination of the correctness / failure based on the start information stored in the second start information storage means. The first half of step S302 of the prefetching process),
Using the start information pre-read by the third start information pre-reading means, whether or not the result of the go / no-go determination by the hit / no-go determining means is a specific correct / failed determination result (for example, hit), Third pre-determination means (for example, the latter half of step S302 of the CPU 303 of the main control unit 300 or the special figure prefetching process) that is performed prior to the execution of the validity determination based on the start information;
A third advance notice for informing the player in advance whether or not the result of the success / failure determination will be the specific result of the determination based on the result of the prior determination by the third prior determination means (for example, holding of FIG. 2) Using the third predetermined time (for example, the hold display 702a to 702d in FIG. 2) before the start / failure determination by the hit / fail judgment means is performed for the display of the display images 701a to 701d using the image representing the sword. Third notice notification means (for example, from the start of notice notice) until the third notice notice end condition is established (for example, start information corresponding to the image representing the sword is digested (immediately before or when the decision is made)) , Hold display areas 802a to 802d) of the decorative symbol display device 208,
With
The third notice notification unit performs the third notice notification only during a period in which the notice notification continuation unit does not continue the first notice notification.

  If a special figure prefetching effect or the like is performed before the special figure 1 prefetching effect is forcibly terminated, the special figure prefetching effect becomes difficult to understand, and the value of the production may be reduced. In addition, if the special figure pre-reading effect during the special figure pre-reading effect is given as a privilege, the game store or the development maker may play the game in an unintended game method. This unintended game method is escalated and illegally modified. May lead to action. In addition, if a special figure prefetching effect or the like is performed after the special figure 1 prefetching effect is forcibly ended, a player who has illegally entered the special figure 2 starting port 232 will be entertained. There is a case where the game is played with an unintended game method, and this unintended game method may escalate, leading to further illegal modification. The pachinko machine 100 does not execute the special figure prefetching effect or the like based on the interrupted special figure 2 start information, either before or after the forced termination of the special figure 1 prefetching effect. In some cases, the unauthorized modification may be prevented.

(5) The pachinko machine 100,
The first notice notification forced termination condition is a specific time period (for example, notice notification using a background display) after the first advance determination means makes a prior determination of start information that triggers the first notice notification. After a pre-reading of a hot hold that triggers the production used, a certain period of time until the start information related to the hold is determined to be a success / failure, for example, after interruption of the special figure 2 variable game based on priority change, It is established based on the elapse of a predetermined number of special figure variable games)
It is characterized by that.

  According to the pachinko machine 100, when the special figure 2 variable game wins a big hit, both the first prefetch effect and the second prefetch effect may be forcibly terminated. As a result, there may be a case where a decrease in interest with respect to the special figure 1 pre-reading effect can be prevented.

(6) The pachinko machine 100,
Variable that is configured to be able to take either an open state in which the game ball can enter the second start area and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter or is difficult to enter the second start area A member (for example, a blade member 232a);
A variable member opening / closing control means (for example, CPU 304, normal figure state update processing (for example, CPU304, normal figure state update process)) for controlling the variable member from the closed state to the open state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (for example, winning the normal figure variable game) Step S221)),
A notification means (for example, production lamps 250a to 250d and speaker 120) for performing a predetermined notification operation;
In a state in which the variable member opening / closing control means performs control to bring the variable member into the closed state (for example, an electric chew opening permission off state or an electric chew opening / closing off state), a first number of game balls are A notification operation control means (for example, CPU 404, shown in FIG. 39) that controls the notification means to execute a first notification operation mode (for example, a third abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode) when entering the second start area. Anomaly notification operation processing).

  According to the pachinko machine 100, there are cases where the notification means can perform a specific notification operation when an illegal ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232. By this notification operation, this interrupt can be noticed to a player who has not noticed that the special figure 2 variable game has been interrupted. It may be possible to entertain. In addition, it may be a deterrent to a player who is playing a game in a game method that is not intended by the game store or development manufacturer.

  If the special drawing 2 interrupt is regarded as an illegal act and the continuous performance is forcibly terminated immediately, there is a risk of discomfort for a bona fide player (the special figure 2 interruption due to chance). On the other hand, according to the pachinko machine 100, even when a special figure 2 variable game interrupt is executed, a warning can be given by anomaly notification a predetermined number of times, and the special figure 1 pre-reading effect can be immediately terminated. Absent. Thereby, according to the pachinko machine 100 provided with the said structure, giving a discomfort to a bona fide player may be prevented.

(7) When a game ball enters a start area having a first start area (for example, special figure 1 start port 230) and a second start area (for example, special figure 2 start port 232), start information (for example, hit Starting information deriving means (for example, a random value generation circuit 318 and a winning acceptance process (step S217)) for deriving a random number for determination and a set of random numbers for determining a special figure for winning time;
Variable that is configured to be able to take either an open state in which the game ball can enter the second start area and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter or is difficult to enter the second start area A member (for example, a blade member 232a);
A variable member opening / closing control means (for example, CPU 304, normal figure state update) for controlling the variable member from the closed state to the open state based on the establishment of the first predetermined condition (for example, winning the common figure variable game) Processing (step S221)),
A validity determination means (for example, special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) or special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231)) for determining the validity based on the start information derived by the start information deriving means;
Based on the result of the success / failure determination being a specific success / failure determination result (for example, winning), the normal gaming state (for example, the variable winning opening 234 is inactive) in which the advantage for the player is the first advantage. A special gaming state (for example, variable prize winning) that is a second advantage in which the advantage is higher than the first advantage (from the non-electric support state (normally low probability state)) (the door member 234a is closed) Special game transition control means (for example, special figure 2 state update process (step S225)) that shifts the control state to the operating state (the door member 234a is open));
Compared with the normal gaming state from the special gaming state based on the establishment of the second predetermined condition (for example, the stop symbol after the special figure variable game is after the big hit game according to the special figure A or the special figure B) Specific game transition control means (for example, special figure 2 state update process (for example, special figure 2 state update process)) that shifts the control state to a specific game state (for example, electric support state (ordinary high probability state)) in which the variable member is likely to be relatively open. Step S225) and special figure 1 state update processing (Step S227)),
A game machine equipped with
A notification means (for example, production lamps 250a to 250d and speaker 120) for performing a predetermined notification operation;
In a state where the variable member opening / closing control means is performing control to bring the variable member into the closed state (for example, an electric chew opening permission off state or an electric chew opening / closing off state)
When a first number (for example, one) of game balls enters the second starting area during the specific gaming state, a first abnormality notification operation (for example, an abnormality notification operation according to the second notification operation mode) is executed. When a second number (for example, two) of game balls larger than the first number enters the second starting area during the normal gaming state, a second abnormality notification operation (for example, according to a second notification operation mode). And a notification operation control means (for example, CPU 404, abnormality notification operation processing shown in FIG. 39) for controlling the notification means so as to execute an abnormality notification operation.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, the processing burden due to the abnormality notification operation may be reduced. In addition, as a result of the stable operation of the gaming machine by reducing the processing load due to the abnormality notification operation, the gaming machine can be operated for a long period of time, and the cost can be reduced by replacing the gaming machine. Since the cost reduction due to the use of the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration can be returned to the player, the service of the game shop may be improved.

  Since the pachinko machine 100 is configured so that it is difficult to enter the electric chew at the time of non-electric support, the game store clerk and the player visually confirm the illegal entry to the electric chew at the time of non-electric support. It may be easy. In addition, since it is difficult to enter the electric chew at the time of non-electric support, if there are a large number of prize ball payouts at the time of non-electric support, the game store clerk may be able to recognize that illegal entry has occurred. In addition, when a game store clerk speaks directly, it may be impressed that the game store clerk is rigorously inspected, and as a result, it may be possible to create a healthy game store that is less susceptible to fraud. On the other hand, since the pachinko machine 100 is configured so that it is easy to enter the electric chew at the time of electric support, it is difficult for an amusement clerk to visually check the illegal entry to the electric chew at the time of electric support. There is. For this reason, it may be difficult to determine whether or not the ball is a regular entry during electric support. In addition, at the time of electric support, it may be difficult to determine whether the winning ball payout is based on illegally entering the electric chew or the remaining winning ball payout at the time of the big hit. The pachinko machine 100 having the above configuration can perform anomaly notification that is easier for a game clerk or player to recognize at the time of electric support than at the time of non-electric support, thus minimizing damage caused by illegal entry. It may be possible to suppress.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, after the game store clerk recognizes the illegal entry, the fraudulent person is given an opportunity to rehabilitate by himself until an error notification (first abnormality notification operation) is made. There are cases where it is possible. In addition, according to the pachinko machine 100 having the above configuration, the game store clerk determines whether the game is accidental illegal entry or intentional illegal entry, so that the operation of the game shop is facilitated. Service improvement may be possible. In addition, according to the pachinko machine 100 having the above configuration, the number of illegally entered balls for executing the abnormality notification can be changed according to the control state. Therefore, noisy regardless of the control state of the pachinko machine 100 and the number of illegally entered balls. In some cases, it is possible to prevent various abnormal notifications from being executed constantly. Thereby, since it is less likely that the player feels annoying the abnormality notification, there is a case where the interest can be improved.

(8) The pachinko machine 100,
In a state where the variable member opening / closing control means is performing control to bring the variable member into the closed state (for example, an electric chew opening permission off state or an electric chew opening / closing off state)
When the first number of game balls enters the second starting area during the normal gaming state, the notification operation control means is configured to provide a third abnormality notification having a shorter notification operation time than the second abnormality notification operation. The notification means is controlled to execute an operation (for example, an abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, the abnormality notification operation may be changed in stages during non-electric support. The pachinko machine 100 having the configuration performs an abnormality notification operation in a relatively short time when a number of illegal balls less than a predetermined number is detected during non-electric support. Since the time of the abnormality notification operation is short, it becomes easy to check the illegal entry without obstructing the predetermined effect displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 more than necessary, and it is easy for the game clerk to inspect. There is a case. Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 100 having the above configuration, an abnormality notification (second abnormality notification operation) that performs a function as a warning notification is performed before the abnormality notification (first abnormality notification operation). It may be easier for a person to rehabilitate by himself.

(9) The pachinko machine 100,
There are a first path (for example, a left-handed route A) and a second path (for example, a right-handed route B) that can be distinguished from each other as the flow-down paths of the game balls released to the game area,
The first starting area is disposed at a position where the game ball passing through the first path is relatively easy to enter compared to the second path,
The second starting area is disposed at a position where the game ball passing through the second path is relatively easy to enter as compared to the first path.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having this configuration, in the first and second start areas, the game balls passing through the first path are likely to enter the first start area, and the game balls passing through the second path are the second It is arranged in a limited manner so that it can easily enter the starting area. In some cases, it is easier to confirm illegal entry into the electric chew at the time of non-electric support by intentionally hitting the game ball on the second route side at the time of non-electric support.

(10) The pachinko machine 100,
A first symbol display unit (for example, the special symbol 1 display device 212) capable of stopping and displaying the first symbol;
A second symbol display unit (for example, the special symbol 2 display device 214) capable of stopping and displaying the second symbol;
When the game ball enters the first starting area, the first starting information of the starting information (for example, a random number value for determining a special figure for special figure 1 and a random number value for determining a special figure for hour for special figure 1) First starting information deriving means (for example, a random value generation circuit 318 or a winning acceptance process (step S217)) for deriving a set);
When the game ball enters the second start area, the second start information of the start information (for example, a special determination random number value for special figure 2 and a special figure determination random number value for special figure 2 per hour) Second starting information deriving means (for example, a random value generation circuit 318 and a winning acceptance process (step S217)) for deriving a set);
After the first symbol is variably displayed over a predetermined variation display time, a symbol variation stop display is displayed on the first symbol display section for stopping and displaying a symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the determination on the basis of the first start information. 1st symbol display control means (for example, CPU 304 and special figure 1 related lottery processing (step S231)),
After the second symbol is variably displayed for a predetermined variation display time, a symbol variation stop display is displayed on the second symbol display unit for stopping and displaying the symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the determination based on the second start information. Second symbol display control means (for example, CPU 304 and special drawing 2 related lottery processing (step S229)),
It is characterized by providing.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, attention is paid to the symbol variation stop display being executed in the first symbol display unit (Special Fig. 1 display device 212) and the second symbol display unit (Special Fig. 2 display device 214). By doing this, it may be possible to confirm whether or not a game ball has entered the first start area (Special Figure 1 start opening 230) or the second start area (Special Figure 2 start opening 232). In addition, since the symbol variation stop display on the second symbol display unit is difficult to be executed during non-electric support, the symbol variation stop display that is frequently executed by the player and the game clerk at the second symbol display unit during non-electric support. In some cases, it may be possible to easily find out that there is a possibility that illegal pitching has occurred.

  In addition, in a game stand that is configured to perform a specific effect (special effect only for special figure 2) when entering the second start area (special figure 2 start port 232) during non-electric support, The game store clerk may be able to confirm at an early stage that illegal pitching has occurred by executing the special figure 2 dedicated performance. Furthermore, since it is unnatural that many special figure 2 variable games have accumulated during non-electric support, a game table that is configured to display the special figure 2 number of holds is not suitable for players or The game store clerk may be particularly easy to confirm that illegal pitching has occurred due to the large number of special figure 2 hold numbers being displayed during non-electric support.

(11) The pachinko machine 100,
Provided with error detection means (for example, device monitoring process (step S237)) capable of detecting a predetermined error (for example, prize ball payout error, vibration detection, magnet detection),
When the error detection means detects the predetermined error regardless of whether the current control state is the specific gaming state or the normal gaming state, the notification operation control unit may detect a fourth abnormality notification operation (for example, Controlling the notification means so as to execute an abnormality notification operation according to a third notification operation mode;
It is characterized by that.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, the abnormality notification mode based on other abnormalities (errors) other than illegal entry is the same mode during electric support and during non-electric support. Abnormalities (errors) other than illegal entry do not change the ease of confirmation at non-electric support and electric support compared to the case of illegal entry, so by making the same abnormality notification mode, As a result, it becomes easier for the game shop staff to deal with errors, and the service of the game shop may be improved. In addition, according to the pachinko machine 100 having the above configuration, since the abnormality notification mode based on illegal entry and the abnormality notification mode based on other factors are different, the game clerk can predict the content of the error by the abnormality notification mode. As a result of making it easier to deal with errors, there are cases where the service of the game shop can be improved.

  By the way, a gaming machine configured to immediately notify an error without alerting even during non-electric support may increase the processing burden when a malicious player intentionally enters illegally. In addition, the error notification may interfere with the game of a bona fide player and surrounding players. On the other hand, it is difficult for a gaming machine configured to issue an error notification after warning notification at both non-electric support and electric support to visually check illegal entry at the time of electric support. Therefore, it is difficult for unauthorized modification to be detected, and it may be easy for an unauthorized person to be targeted as an unauthorized modification.

  On the other hand, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment performs an abnormality notification operation that is easily noticed by a player or a game store clerk during an electric support when an illegal entry is detected, and more than a predetermined number during a non-electric support. It is configured to execute an abnormality notification operation that exhibits a function as a short-time warning notification so that the player does not feel troublesome until an illegal entry is detected. As a result, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment prevents the possibility of troubles of the game of the bona fide player and the surrounding players due to the error notification, and it is difficult for the fraudulent person to be targeted as a target of unauthorized remodeling. There is a case.

The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications can be made.
In the first embodiment, the number of fluctuations of the special figure variable game is the target of the first forced termination condition, and it is the second forced termination condition that winning a big hit or a relatively long variation time However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, power interruption / recovery may be set to the first and / or second forced termination conditions. According to the pachinko machine 100 having such a configuration, the game shop clerk can know through the player that the instantaneous stop (momentary power failure) has occurred, or the game shop clerk can give an opportunity to know the instantaneous stop. There is a case.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment is configured to pre-determine whether or not to win in the special figure prefetching process and to determine the type of the stop symbol. However, it may be ignored (for example, it is not stored in the prefetch result storage unit, or information on the determination result is not transmitted to the first sub control unit 400).

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment is not configured to allocate the contents of the notice effect according to the type of jackpot, but is configured to allocate the contents of the notice effect according to the type of jackpot. May be. Further, the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment is set to have the same probability of performing a notice effect in any jackpot, but is not limited to this, for example, performs a notice effect according to a stop symbol related to the jackpot. The probabilities may be set differently.

  In the first embodiment, the first forced termination condition is set in association with the number of fluctuations of the special figure variable game executed during the first prefetch effect, but the present invention is not limited to this. If the first forced termination condition is within the period after the advance determination of the start information that triggers the execution of the first prefetch effect and before the execution of the start / fail determination of the start information, the period is independent of the special figure variable game. The start time and end time of the first look-ahead effect may be set, the start time and the number of special figure variable games may be combined, or the number of special figure variable games and the end time may be combined.

  In the abnormal operation control process in the second embodiment, the pachinko machine 100 determines whether or not the illegally entered ball is detected and the number of illegally entered balls based on the command transmitted from the main controller 300 by the first sub-control unit 400. Although it is configured to determine, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not unauthorized entry has been detected, and the main control unit 300 issues a command including information indicating that an unauthorized entry has been detected and the number of detected unauthorized entry to the first sub-control unit. The pachinko machine 100 may be configured so that the first sub-control unit 400 executes the abnormal operation control process shown in FIG. 39 based on the command. Also, in the abnormal operation control process, the main control unit 300 executes the processes from step S1201 to step S1207, then the first abnormality notification operation by the second notification operation mode, the first abnormality notification operation by the second notification operation mode, and A command including any information of the third abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400 so that the first sub control unit 400 executes the abnormality notification operation based on the command. It may be.

  In the first embodiment, the third advance notice (for example, displaying the hold display image related to the jackpot in FIG. 2 in the display mode (for example, the image of the sword) by the advance notice) is in the first advance notice (for example, When the special figure 2 variable game is interrupted and executed during the execution of the Yoshimune zone, it is not executed during the period in which the first notice notification is continued, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the pachinko machine 100 may be configured to execute the third notice notification only during the period when the first notice notice is not executed, regardless of whether or not the special figure 2 variable game is interrupted. .

  In the second embodiment, the first abnormality notification operation and the second abnormality notification operation are both selected as the second notification operation mode, but the present invention is not limited to this. The first abnormality notification operation and the second abnormality notification operation may be different notification operation modes as long as they are easier to recognize than the first notification operation mode.

  In the second embodiment, the electric chew opening / closing off period is set as a period in which the entry of the game ball into the special figure 2 starting port 232 is illegally entered, but the present invention is not limited to this. . For example, in the case where the pachinko machine 100 is configured to turn on the electric chew opening / closing permission state without determining whether or not the game ball has just entered the normal start port 228, the special diagram 2 start port 232 is used. Even when the entry of a game ball into the game is in the electric chew opening / closing off period, if the electric chew release permission is in an on state, the game ball is determined to be not illegally entered. Also good.

  In the second embodiment, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 controls the blade member 232a to be closed during a predetermined period in which the number of unauthorized balls is cumulatively added and the number of unauthorized balls is reset to 0. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the predetermined period may be a period from winning a jackpot to winning the next jackpot, a symbol variation stop display period, or a period until a predetermined time has elapsed since the first illegally entered ball. Good. Of course, a plurality of periods may be set as a predetermined period by combining these periods.

  The pachinko machine 100 according to the example of the second embodiment does not include the effect movable body and the shielding device, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the effect movable body and the shielding device may be provided in a predetermined area. Of course.

  Although the pachinko machine 100 according to the second embodiment has different abnormality notification operation modes according to the control state and the number of illegally entered balls, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the pachinko machine 100 may be configured such that the abnormality notification operation mode varies depending on only the number of illegally entered balls regardless of the control state. For example, in the abnormality notification operation process shown in FIG. 39, the process may proceed to step S1207 if it is determined in step S1201 that there has been an illegal pitch without performing the processes of steps S1203 and S1205. Thereby, regardless of whether the control state of the pachinko machine 100 is, for example, during electric support or non-electric support, a first number (for example, one) of illegally entering balls that is less than a predetermined number (for example, two). If it is determined that there is a third abnormality notification operation according to the first notification operation mode (step S1210), and if it is determined that there are more than a predetermined number of illegal balls, the second notification operation mode is performed. The second abnormality notification operation is executed.

In the first and second embodiments, the pachinko machine is used as an example of the game table, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention is also applicable to a slot machine 1000 as shown in FIG.
The game machine according to the present invention corresponds to each reel shown in FIG. 53, “a plurality of types of symbols 1002 and a plurality of reels 1002 which are rotationally driven, a start lever 1004 for instructing the rotation of the reels. A stop button 1006 for individually stopping the rotation of the reels, lottery means (lottery prize internal lottery) for determining whether or not internal winning of a plurality of types of winning combinations is successful, and a lottery result of the lottery means The combination of symbols displayed by the reel stop control means (reel stop control processing) that performs stop control for stopping the rotation of the reels and the reels stopped based on the lottery result of the lottery means corresponds to the winning combination. And a determination means (winning determination process) for determining whether or not the symbol combination is predetermined, and when the symbol stop mode is a predetermined winning mode, it corresponds to the predetermined winning mode In addition to payout control means (medal payout process 1008) for performing game medium payout processing for paying out game media to be played, effect means 1010 for executing effects based on the lottery result of the lottery means is provided. A launching device 1014 that launches a ball into the game area 1012, a winning opening 1016 configured to be able to enter a ball launched from the launching device, a detection means 1018 that detects a ball that has entered the winning opening 1016, A payout means 1020 for paying out a ball when the detection means 1018 detects a ball, a variable display device 1022 for variably displaying a predetermined symbol (identification information), and a shutter 1024 movable to a position where the variable display device 1022 is shielded And a movable body 1026 that operates in a predetermined operation mode, and the variable display device 1022 changes the design when the game ball enters the winning opening and wins. It is also suitable for a slot machine 1000 ”which is a presentation device 1010 that produces a game by stopping and displaying the game.

  The game stand according to the present invention is shown in FIG. 54 (a). “Insert bills into bill insertion slot 2002, execute lottery based on bet 2004 and start 2006 operation, and display lottery result on lottery result display device 2008. Then, at the time of winning, the number of bonus coins is added to the remaining credit number, and when cashout 2009 is selected, the casino machine 2000 issues a receipt from the receipt issuing machine 2010 with a code corresponding to the remaining credit number. It may be.

  Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 5B, the cellular phone 3000 having a storage unit for storing the electronic data for realizing the present invention, and the electronic data for realizing the present invention as shown in FIG. The present invention may be applied to a portable game machine 4000 having a storage unit for storing the video data and a home video game machine 5000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention.

  More specifically, the mobile phone 3000 in FIG. 5B includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires data related to the game through a mobile phone line, and acquired data about the game (this book And a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

  The portable game machine 4000 in FIG. 6C includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires data related to the game from a predetermined storage medium (DVD or the like), and acquired data related to the game (the present invention). And a control unit for controlling the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit. The home video game machine 5000 in FIG. 6D includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires data related to a game from a predetermined storage medium (DVD or the like), and acquired data ( And a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

  Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 5E, the present invention may be applied to a data server 6000 that stores electronic data for realizing the present invention. In some cases, the electronic data for realizing the present invention is downloaded from the data server 6000 to the home video game machine 5000 shown in FIG.

  In addition, a game can be executed by applying the present invention to a game program that simulates the operation of a real machine such as a pachinko machine for a home game machine. In that case, a DVD-ROM, CD-ROM, FD (flexible disk), or any other recording medium can be used as a recording medium for recording the game program.

Furthermore, the present invention has been described by taking a pachinko machine and a slot machine as examples of game machines, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and may be applied to an arrangement ball game machine, a ball ball game machine, a smart ball, and the like.
The game table of the above embodiment is expressed as follows, for example.
(Appendix 1)
Start information deriving means for deriving start information when a game ball enters a start area having a first start area and a second start area;
Based on the first start information storage means for storing a predetermined number of start information derived based on the game ball entering the first start area, and the game ball entering the second start area Start information storage means having second start information storage means for storing the derived start information up to a predetermined number;
When a predetermined success / failure determination condition is satisfied in a state where one or more pieces of the start information are stored in the start information storage unit, the go / no-go determination unit that performs the go / no-go determination based on the start information stored in the start information storage unit When,
When the result of the success / failure determination is a specific success / failure determination result, the second advantage is higher than the first advantage from the normal gaming state in which the advantage to the player is the first advantage. Special game transition control means for transitioning the control state to a special game state that is a degree,
In a state where the start information that has not been determined to be correct by the correctness determination means is stored only in the first start information storage means of the first start information storage means and the second start information storage means. When the new start information is stored in the second start information storage means, the first start information storage means is notified of the result of the determination on the basis of the new start information stored in the second start information storage means. A determination result notifying means for performing the determination prior to the notification of the result of the determination based on the start information already stored in
First start information prefetching means for prefetching the hit / failure determination means before performing the hit / fail determination based on the start information stored in the first start information storage means;
Based on the start information by the go / no-go judgment means, using the start information pre-read by the first start-up information pre-reading means, whether or not the result of the go / no-go judgment by the go / no-go judgment means becomes a specific go / no-go judgment result. First pre-determination means that is performed prior to execution of the success / failure determination;
The first notice notification that informs the player in advance whether the result of the determination is the specific determination result based on the result of the determination by the first determination means. First notice notification means for performing from the first predetermined time before the determination execution until the first notice notification end condition is satisfied;
A game machine equipped with
During the period in which the first advance notice means performs the first advance notice, the success / failure determination result notification means notifies the result of the success / failure determination based on the start information stored in the second start information storage means. Even if it is a case, notice notice continuation means for continuing the first notice notice,
While the first notice notification continuation means continues the first notice notice, the first notice notice is issued when a notice notice forced termination condition different from the first notice notice end condition is satisfied even if the first notice notice end condition is not established. Advance notice forcible termination means for forcibly terminating before the validity determination by the validity determination means;
A game table characterized by comprising:
(Appendix 2)
A gaming machine according to appendix 1,
A second advance notice for informing the player in advance whether the result of the determination is the specific determination result based on the result of the determination by the first determination means. Second notice notification means for performing from the second predetermined time before execution of the determination until the second notice notification end condition is satisfied;
With
The advance notice notification continuation means is based on the start information stored in the second start information storage means by the success / failure determination result notification means during the period in which the first advance notice means performs the first advance notice. While notifying the determination result, the first notice notification is continuously performed, and during the period in which the second notice notification means performs the second notice notification, the validity determination result notification means is the second start. When notifying the determination result based on the start information stored in the information storage means, continuously performing the second notice notification,
When the first notice notification forced termination condition among the notice notice forced termination conditions is satisfied, the first notice notification forced termination means continues the first notice notification and the second notice. Forcibly ending only the first notice notification of the second notice notice continued by the notice continuation means before execution of the success / failure determination by the success / failure determination means,
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 3)
A game machine according to appendix 2,
When it is determined that the control state shifts from the normal gaming state to the special gaming state, the advance notice forcible end means determines that a second advance notice forcible end condition among the advance notice forcible end conditions is satisfied, Both the first notice notification continued by the first notice notification continuation means and the second notice notice continued by the second notice notification continuation means are forcibly terminated before the validity determination by the validity determination means. ,
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 4)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 1 to 3,
A third start information prefetching means for prefetching the correctness determination means before performing the correctness determination based on the start information stored in the second start information storage means;
Presence / absence based on the start information by the go / no-go determination means using the start information pre-read by the third start-up information pre-reading means as to whether or not the result of the go / no-go judgment by the hit / no-go judgment means becomes a specific go / no-go judgment result. A third pre-determination means to be performed before execution of the determination;
A third advance notice for notifying the player in advance whether the result of the determination is the specific determination result based on the result of the determination by the third determination means. Third notice notification means for performing from the third predetermined time before execution of the determination until the third notice notification end condition is satisfied;
With
The gaming machine characterized in that the third notice notification means performs the third notice notice only during a period in which the notice notice continuation means does not continue the first notice notification.
(Appendix 5)
A game machine according to appendix 2 or 3,
The first notice notification forced termination condition is established based on the fact that a predetermined period has elapsed from a certain time after the first advance determination means performs advance determination of start information that triggers the first notice notification. ,
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 6)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices 1 to 5,
Variable that is configured to be able to take either an open state in which the game ball can enter the second start area and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter or is difficult to enter the second start area Members,
Variable member opening / closing control means for controlling the variable member from the closed state to the open state based on establishment of a predetermined condition;
A notification means for performing a predetermined notification operation;
In a state where the variable member opening / closing control means performs control to bring the variable member into the closed state, the first notification operation mode is executed when the first number of game balls enter the second starting area. A game table comprising: a notification operation control means for controlling the notification means.
(Appendix 7)
A first symbol display means capable of displaying the symbol variation corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure on the condition of entering the first starting area, the symbol variation display to stop display after performing the variation display of the symbol;
A second symbol display means capable of displaying a symbol variation corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure on the condition of entering the second starting area, the symbol variation display for stopping display after performing symbol variation display;
When a predetermined notice condition is satisfied, a notice means capable of executing a prefetch notice for the result of the success / failure determination;
A game machine equipped with
When the symbol variation display is performed at least when entering the first start area, it is possible to suspend the start of the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means,
If the symbol variation display is at least performed when entering the second starting area, it is possible to suspend the start of the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means,
When there is the suspension for both of the symbol display means, the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means is preferentially started over the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means. There,
When the predetermined notice condition is satisfied when entering the first starting area in the state where there is the suspension, a pre-read notice for the result of the determination of whether or not the entry is made on the condition of the entry, It can be executed as a continuous notice until the symbol variation display on the condition of entering the ball,
If the symbol variation display by the second symbol variation display means on condition that the ball enters the second starting area is interrupted during the continuous announcement, the continuous announcement is also displayed during the symbol variation display. Configured to be done,
As the continuous notice, a first continuous notice and a second continuous notice can be executed,
The second starting area is composed of electric tulips,
The electric tulip is configured to be able to start a short time state in which a game ball is easy to win,
Both the first continuous notice and the second continuous notice can be executed only during the non-short time state in which it is difficult for a game ball to win the electric tulip than the short time state,
If the symbol variation display by the second symbol variation display means on condition that the ball enters the second starting area is interrupted a predetermined number of times during the first continuous notice, the first variation End the continuous notice,
Even if the symbol variation display by the second symbol variation display means on condition that the ball enters the second starting area is interrupted the predetermined number of times during the second continuous notice, To continue the second continuous notice,
The first continuous notice is performed by a display that cannot identify the symbol variation display subject to the first continuous notice,
The game table according to claim 2, wherein the second continuous notice is performed by a display capable of specifying a symbol variation display that is a target of the second continuous notice.
(Appendix 8)
In the game stand described in Appendix 7,
A holding display unit capable of specifying the number of the start of the variable display of the symbol by the first symbol display unit is held,
The game table, wherein the second continuous notice is performed by the hold display means.
(Appendix 9)
In the game stand according to either appendix 7 or 8,
First control means including at least first determination means for determining whether or not a ball has entered the first starting area;
Second control means including at least second determination means for determining whether or not to perform the prefetch notice,
The first control means and the second control means are provided on separate substrates,
Based on the command received from the first control means, the second determination means determines whether or not to perform the pre-reading notice.
(Appendix 10)
In the game stand according to any one of appendices 7 to 9,
When the predetermined notice condition is satisfied, it is possible to execute only one of the first continuous notice and the second continuous notice, and it is possible to execute both continuous notices simultaneously. A game stand characterized by being.
(Appendix 11)
In the game stand according to any one of appendices 7 to 10,
If the predetermined notice condition is satisfied when entering the first starting area without the hold, a notice for the determination of whether or not the condition is met is given to the entry It is also possible to execute the game with only the symbol variation display on condition of the above.
(Appendix 12)
Control means capable of executing at least control of symbol variation display in the symbol display means;
A prefetch notice means capable of executing at least a prefetch notice;
A game machine equipped with
The first symbol display means of the symbol display means can execute at least the symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is established,
Of the symbol display means, the second symbol display means is capable of at least executing the symbol variation display when a second symbol variation condition is established,
The control means is configured to display the symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is met when the first symbol variation condition is met and the first holding condition is satisfied. At least the control to hold the start is executable,
When the second symbol variation condition is satisfied and the second holding condition is satisfied, the control means is configured to display the symbol variation display when the second symbol variation condition is satisfied. At least the control to hold the start is executable,
The control means is capable of executing at least control for starting the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means when the first reserved digest condition is established,
The control means is capable of executing at least control for starting the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means when the second reserved digest condition is established,
The second reserved digestion condition includes at least that the start of the symbol variation display is suspended for the second symbol display means,
In the first reserved digestion condition, the start of the symbol variation display is not suspended for the second symbol display means, and the start of the symbol variation display is suspended for the first symbol display means. Including at least
The prefetch notice means is capable of executing at least a continuous notice as the prefetch notice,
The prefetch notice means is capable of continuing at least the continuous notice in the interrupt symbol variation display,
The interrupt symbol variation display starts during execution of the continuous notice because both the second symbol variation condition and the second reserved digest condition are satisfied during the continuous notice. Is a symbol variation display,
A hold indication means that can at least indicate whether there is a pending digest,
The continuous notice is performed at least by a display means different from the hold display means,
The pre-reading notice means ends the continuous notice at least when a notice end condition is established,
The notice termination condition is established when at least one of the first condition and the second condition is satisfied,
The first condition is a condition related to the number of times of the interrupt symbol variation display.
A game table that features
(Appendix 13)
A gaming machine according to appendix 12,
The control means is capable of performing at least a determination of success or failure when starting the symbol variation display,
The symbol variation display includes at least a stop display of a symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure,
The symbol display means is capable of notifying at least the result of the success / failure determination by a stop display of the symbol aspect,
The pre-reading notice means is capable of at least notifying the result of the success / failure determination prior to the notification.
A game table that features
(Appendix 14)
A gaming machine according to appendix 13,
The prefetch notice means is capable of executing the prefetch notice when a prefetch notice condition is established,
The prefetch notice condition is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination is a specific result of the validity determination and when the first notice execution condition is satisfied.
A game table that features
(Appendix 15)
A game stand according to appendix 14,
The first notice execution condition is satisfied when the first notice lottery that is won with the first probability is performed and the first notice lottery is won.
A game table that features
(Appendix 16)
The gaming machine according to appendix 14 or 15,
The prefetch notice condition is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination is a different determination result from the specific determination result and the second notice execution condition is satisfied.
A game table that features
(Appendix 17)
A gaming machine according to appendix 16,
The second notice execution condition is satisfied when the second notice lottery that is won with the second probability is performed and the second notice lottery is won.
A game table that features
(Appendix 18)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 14 to 17,
The control means is a first control means including at least a go / no-go judgment means capable of performing the go / no-go judgment,
The first control means can transmit at least a plurality of types of commands to the second control means,
The second control means is capable of at least performing control according to the command received from the first control means,
The second control means is composed of a substrate different from the first control means,
The second control means includes at least determination means for determining whether or not to perform the prefetch notice.
The case where the prefetch notice condition is satisfied is a case where the judgment means judges that the prefetch notice is to be performed.
A game table that features
(Appendix 19)
A gaming machine according to appendix 18,
The first control means includes at least first symbol variation condition determining means for determining whether or not the first symbol variation condition is satisfied,
A first command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied. Is configured to send,
When the pre-reading notice condition is satisfied when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the second control means sends the first command transmitted from the first control means. After receiving, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means that the prefetch notice is performed.
A game table that features
(Appendix 20)
A gaming machine according to appendix 19,
The control means is capable of starting a short time state in which the second symbol variation condition is easily established,
The control means is capable of starting a non-time reduction state in which the second symbol variation condition is less likely to be established than the time reduction state,
The prefetch notice means is capable of at least executing the prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is satisfied in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the non-time-short state.
A game table that features
(Appendix 21)
A gaming machine according to appendix 20, wherein
When it is determined by the first symbol variation condition determining means in the non-time-short state that the first symbol variation condition is established, it is determined whether or not the prefetching notice is performed by the determining means. If the determination means determines that the pre-reading notice is not performed, the pre-reading notice condition is not satisfied when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied in the time-saving state. To be things
A game table that features
(Appendix 22)
A gaming machine according to appendix 20 or 21, wherein
The prefetching notice means is capable of at least executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the non-time-short state. about
A game table that features
(Appendix 23)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 20 to 22,
The prefetching notice means is capable of at least executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the time-saving state.
A game table that features
(Appendix 24)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 18 to 23, wherein
A first control unit capable of receiving at least the command transmitted from the first control means;
A second control unit capable of at least performing display control of the image display means,
The second control means includes at least both the first control unit and the second control unit.
A game table that features
(Appendix 25)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 18 to 24, wherein
The second control means includes a counting means for counting the number of times of the interrupt symbol variation display,
The second control means includes condition determination means for determining whether or not the first condition is satisfied with reference to a count result by the counting means.
A game table that features
(Appendix 26)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 13 to 25,
The first symbol variation condition is established with at least one condition for entering the first starting area,
The second symbol variation condition is established with at least one condition for entering the second starting area.
A game table that features
(Appendix 27)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 13 to 26,
The first symbol variation condition is established when there is a ball entering the first starting area and the first holding number is less than the first upper limit number,
The second symbol variation condition is established when there is a ball entering the second starting area and the second reserved number is less than the second upper limit number,
The first reserved number is the number of the start of the symbol variation display for the first symbol display means,
The second reserved number is a number for which the start of the symbol variation display is reserved for the second symbol display means.
A game stand characterized by that.
(Appendix 28)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 13 to 27,
The continuous notice is the first continuous notice,
The prefetch notice means can execute at least a second continuous notice different from the first continuous notice,
The second continuous notice is at least executable by the hold display means.
A game table that features
(Appendix 29)
A gaming machine according to appendix 28,
The second continuous notice is continued even after the notice termination condition is satisfied because the first condition is satisfied.
A game table that features
(Appendix 30)
The game stand according to appendix 28 or 29,
The control means is capable of starting a special gaming state advantageous to a player when the result of the success / failure determination is the specific success / failure determination result,
The prefetch notice means is capable of at least ending the first continuous notice before the start of the special gaming state,
The prefetch notice means is capable of at least ending the second continuous notice before the start of the special gaming state.
A game table that features
(Appendix 31)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 12 to 30,
The second condition is satisfied when all of the plurality of conditions are satisfied.
A game table that features
(Appendix 32)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 12 to 31,
The notice termination condition is established when at least one of a plurality of conditions is satisfied,
The first condition is one of the plurality of conditions,
The second condition is one condition of the plurality of conditions.
A game table that features
(Appendix 33)
The game stand according to any one of appendices 12 to 32,
The first condition includes at least that the number of times the interrupt symbol variation display is continuously executed is a predetermined number or more.
A game table that features

100 Pachinko machine 120 Speaker 136 Chance button 208 Decorative symbol display device 208a Left symbol display region 208b Middle symbol display region 208c Right symbol display region 208d Effect display region 226 General winning opening 228 General drawing starting port 230 Special drawing 1 starting port 232 Special drawing 2 Start port 234 Variable winning ports 250a to 250d Production lamp 252 Guiding unit 254 Liquid crystal display screen ST number display unit 256 ST number display unit 300 Main control unit 400 First sub control unit 500 Second sub control unit 700 For illegal modification Members 701a to 701d, 702a to 702d Reserved display image 720 Preliminary notice effect movable body 801a to 801d Reserved display area for special figure 1 802a to 802d Reserved display area for special figure 2

Claims (20)

Control means capable of executing at least control of symbol variation display in the symbol display means;
A prefetch notice means capable of executing at least a prefetch notice;
A game machine equipped with
The first symbol display means of the symbol display means is a means capable of executing at least the symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is established,
Of the symbol display means, the second symbol display means is a means capable of executing at least the symbol variation display when the second symbol variation condition is satisfied,
The control means is configured to display the symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition is met when the first symbol variation condition is met and the first holding condition is satisfied. It is a means that can at least execute the control to hold the start,
When the second symbol variation condition is satisfied and the second holding condition is satisfied, the control means is configured to display the symbol variation display when the second symbol variation condition is satisfied. It is a means that can at least execute the control to hold the start,
The control means is a means capable of executing at least control for starting the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means when the first suspended digestion condition is established,
The control means is a means capable of executing at least control for starting the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means when the second reserved digest condition is established,
The second pending digestion conditions, at least including the condition that the start of the symbol variable display is on hold for the second symbol display means,
In the first reserved digestion condition, the start of the symbol variation display is not suspended for the second symbol display means, and the start of the symbol variation display is suspended for the first symbol display means. Is a condition that includes at least
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing at least a plurality of types of prefetch notices,
One of the plurality of types of prefetching notices is a first prefetching notice,
One of the plurality of types of prefetching notices is a second prefetching notice,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing at least a first continuous notice as the first prefetch notice,
Said prefetch notifying means is at least sustainable means said first continuous announcement in the first interrupt symbol variable display,
The first interrupt symbol variation display means that the first symbol variation condition and the second reserved digest condition are both satisfied when the first continuous notice is established . It is a symbol variation display that starts during the execution of one continuous notice,
A hold indication means that can at least indicate whether there is a pending digest,
The first continuous notice is a notice made at least by display means different from the hold display means,
The prefetch notice means is a means for ending at least the first continuous notice when a notice termination condition is established,
The warning termination condition, if any of the conditions of a plurality of conditions are met, an established conditions,
At least one of the plurality of conditions is a first condition,
At least one of the plurality of conditions is a second condition,
Said first condition, Ri conditions der to established when the first number of interrupt symbol variable display becomes the first number,
The first number of times is a predetermined number of times,
The first number of times is a number of times of two or more,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing at least a second continuous notice as the second prefetch notice,
The prefetch notice means is means for at least continuing the second continuous notice in the second interrupt symbol variation display,
The second interrupt symbol variation display means that the second symbol variation condition and the second reserved digest condition are both satisfied when the second continuous notice is established. It is a symbol variation display that starts during the execution of the second continuous notice,
The prefetch notice means is means for continuing the second continuous notice even when the number of times of the second interrupt symbol variation display is the first number of times,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that may be satisfied in response to a game ball entering the electric tulip,
The control means is means capable of executing at least opening control of the electric tulip,
The control means is means capable of executing at least an illegal winning notification,
The unauthorized winning notification is a notification executed when a game ball enters the electric tulip at a time when the opening control of the electric tulip is not performed.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 1,
The control means is means capable of executing at least determination of success / failure when starting the symbol variation display,
The symbol variation display is a symbol variation display including at least a stop display of a symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the success / failure determination,
The symbol display means is a means capable of notifying at least the result of the success / failure determination by a stop display of the symbol aspect,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of giving at least a notice of the result of the success / failure determination prior to notification ,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 2,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetch notice when a prefetch notice condition is established,
The look-ahead warning condition is if the propriety of the determination result is first spruce determination result, and when the first announcement execution condition holds, is established conditions,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 3,
The first notice execution condition is a condition that is established when the first notice lottery that is won with the first probability is performed and the first notice lottery is won .
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 3 or 4,
The look-ahead warning condition, the spruce determination result is when the second spruce determination result, and if the second announcement execution condition holds, a satisfied conditions,
The second determination result is a determination result different from the first determination result.
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 5,
The second notice execution condition is a condition that is established when the second notice lottery that is won with the second probability is performed and the second notice lottery is won .
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to any one of claims 3 to 6,
The control means is a first control means including at least a go / no-go judgment means capable of performing the go / no-go judgment,
The first control means is means capable of transmitting at least a plurality of types of commands to the second control means,
The second control means is a means capable of executing at least control according to the command received from the first control means,
The second control means is composed of a substrate different from the first control means,
It said second control means is a means comprising at least determination means for determining whether to perform the look-ahead warning,
And if there is establishment of the look-ahead warning condition is that if it is determined to perform the look-ahead warning when the determination means determines,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 7,
It said first control means is a means comprising at least a first symbol variation condition determining means for determining whether said first symbol variation condition is satisfied,
A first command of the plurality of types of commands is sent to the second control unit after the first symbol variation condition determining unit determines that the first symbol variation condition is satisfied. A command that is configured to be sendable ,
When the pre-reading notice condition is satisfied when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied, the second control means sends the first command transmitted from the first control means. After receiving, it is a case where it is determined by the determination means to perform the prefetch notice ,
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 8,
The control means is means capable of starting a time-short state in which the second symbol variation condition is likely to be satisfied,
The control means is means capable of starting a non-time reduction state in which the second symbol variation condition is less likely to be established than the time reduction state,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of at least executing the prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the first symbol variation condition in the non-time-saving state .
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 9,
When it is determined by the first symbol variation condition determining means in the non-time-short state that the first symbol variation condition is established, it is determined whether or not the prefetching notice is performed by the determining means. If the determination means determines that the pre-reading notice is not performed, the pre-reading notice condition is not satisfied when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied in the time-saving state. Condition ,
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 9 or 10,
The prefetching notice unit is a unit capable of at least executing the prefetching notice when the prefetching notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the non-time-saving state. ,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to any one of claims 9 to 11,
The prefetch notice means is a means capable of executing at least the prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is established in response to the establishment of the second symbol variation condition in the time-saving state .
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to any one of claims 7 to 12,
A first control unit capable of receiving at least the command transmitted from the first control means;
A second control unit capable of at least performing display control of the display means,
It said second control means is at least comprise configured means both of the second control unit and the first control unit,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to any one of claims 7 to 13,
It said second control means is a means having a counting means for counting the first number of interrupt symbol variable display,
The second control means is means provided with condition determination means for determining whether the first condition is satisfied with reference to a count result by the counting means .
A game stand characterized by that. 15. The game table according to any one of claims 3 to 14,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied with at least one condition for entering the first starting area,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied with at least one condition of entering the second starting area .
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 15 ,
The first symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the first starting area and the first holding number is less than the first upper limit number,
The second symbol variation condition is a condition that is satisfied when there is a ball entering the second starting area and the second reserved number is less than the second upper limit number,
The first reserved number is the number of the start of the symbol variation display for the first symbol display means,
The second reserved number is a number for which the start of the symbol variation display is reserved for the second symbol display means .
A game stand characterized by that.   The game stand according to any one of claims 3 to 16,
  The control means is means capable of starting a gaming state advantageous to a player when the result of the determination is the first determination result.
  The prefetch notice means is a means capable of ending at least the first continuous notice before the start of the gaming state,
  The prefetch notice means is means capable of at least ending the second continuous notice before the start of the gaming state.
A game stand characterized by that.   The game stand according to any one of claims 3 to 17,
  The first success / failure determination result is a jackpot,
A game stand characterized by that.   The game table according to claim 5 or 6,
  The second success / failure determination result is out of place,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to any one of claims 1 to 19,
The second condition is a condition that is satisfied when all of the plurality of conditions are satisfied .
A game stand characterized by that.

Images